Publish~d bg the order of His Highnes.~ tlLe Maltaraja Gaekwar. CENSUS OF INDIA, 1901.
VOL. XVIII-C.
BARODA
PART IV.
ADMINISTRATION
BY
JAMSHEDJI ARDESHIR DALAL M. A·, LI.J·B· SUPERINTENDENT OF CENSUS OPERATIONS.
PRINTED A l' THE "GOVERNMENT PRESS" BARODA.
1903. , .
fJONTEIVTS.
CHAPTER I.-Preliminary 1- S OHAPTER II.• -Administrative DiVisions, Sub-divisions and Machinery of the State' A.- Revenuc; B.-Judicial; C.-Police; D.-Education, Gramya Shahs. E.-Public works; F.-Municipalities, Baroda City. 4- 6
CHAPTER III.-Central and District offices 7 CHAPTER IV.-First batch of Circulars 7-19 OHAPTER V.-The Schedule. Gcneral Schedule; Instructions to Enumerators. I Rules (o'}" filling up tlte sclwdule. II. Procedure A.-The first round. ( Preliminary Enumeration); n.-The second round (Final Enu. meration); III Supplementary. -10-36
OHAPTER VI.-House defined. 86-41 CHAPTER VII.-Experirnental Abstraction according to tIle method proposed by the Census Commissioner. 41-407
CHAPTER VIlI.-Census Commissioner's visit t.o Baroda. Note on Census of Baroda State, ...... 47-114
CHAPTER IX.-Thil'd batch of circulars and House.numbering. 54-63 OHAPTER X.-Scheme of Ethnography. 68- 96 CHAPTER XI.-Fourth batch of Circulars. 96-104 CHAPTER XII.-Tours of Inspection. 105-101 CHAPTER XII I.-Fifth batch of Circulars. Instructions to Supervisorsj-A. General; B,-Preliminary Enumeration; C.-Final Enumeration. Enumeror's Abstract and Circle Summaries. Instructions to Charge Superinten dents:-A Geneml; B;-Prcliminary Enumeration;-C Final Enumera- tioD .... 108-126
OHAPTER XIV.-Preliminary and Final Enumerations. 12S-Uo OHAPTER :XV.-Abstraction and Instructions to Record-Keepers, Supervisors and Posters;-(l ) Record-Keepers ;-(2) Supervisorsj-(3) Posters (a) A Branch, (b) B Brunch, (c) Commen to both branches; General. . .. 130-137
CHAPTER XVI.-Tabulation and Compilation.: : _•• 188-142 OHAPTER XVlI.-Miscellaneous. 143-149
APPENDIX I.-Results of the Inquiries as regards Tatooing and Dias. I-XXXIII.
INDEX TO THE AD~llNI;3TgATIVE VOLUME OF THE CENSUS REPORT.
CHAPTEl{ I. ~ Prelimitwl'Y'
PAI:A.
1 Orllel' of tLe Government of India. 1 2 Residency Jetter. 2 S Minister's reply. 4 Thin]' Regular Census. () Census Officers rtppointed. CHA,P'fEIl II. Administrative Divisions, Sub-divisio1!s (lnd Macl!inery of tfte State.
J. 6 Divisions 0f the Baroda State. 4- 7 Stib_dlvisions-Taluka. 8 Numbers of sub-divisions aml Talnkas. 4 Administrative J.ll acTtilw1'Y' A. Revenue.
9 Revenue Officers. 10 Talatis. B. Judicial.
11 J ndicial officers. 5 12 Criminal Court~. () C. Poliee.
13 police officers. 5 D. BducaUon.
14 Edncational officers. Gramya-Shct!cts.
15 Grumya-S1mhs and otller.schools. 6
_E. Public ~Vorks.
6 16 Estaulishmtlnt ullller tIlt) Chief Engineer.
17 Constitution ... Bm'oda City. 6 lB A Divisiou by itself. ii
P,IRA.
CHAPTER III.
Central and District Census Offices.
J ~ Commencement of the Census wod,. ... 7 2(1 New methods aud enquiries. 7 :ll Orrlers and CircnllU'3 sent direct to the Vahivntdal',o. C
CH.-\PTEH IV.
First batch (~f' Circulars.
22 I ;irlmlars. 7 23 Names of the KasLas or towns. 24 A lienated villages. 25 Ports and landing places, Dharmn:,;halas &0. 10 26 Mistakes pointed out. l() 27 Inaccuraeies explained. 11. 28 CircUlal' No.8.' ':.\Iarking of blocks and llOnses. 11 Census Register . A. 16 Do. ,B. 16 Do. C. 17
CHAPTER V.
The Sclted7tle.
2!J Schedule received from the Census Commissioner. 20 30 New schedulo different from the old oue. 20 31 Hindu and 1IIusaInmn sects to be entered. 20 :12 All hnguages known Ly the literates. 21 33 Form of.tiw. Schedule. 22
I-Rules for filling up the schedule ... 23 A-The first round.-( Preliminary enumeration. ) fl-Thc second rounu-( Finni enllOlerntion ) •••
34 Modifications l'l'oposed in the instrll()ti'ons In enumeralo]'~. 26 35 Reply. 27 :)G Tnstrnctions amplifiCll. 28 :n Printing of the schcdnles ... 28 3S Schedule ( form) and Instrnction" to enulIlerators. 28
1. HltlfS for filling up the ~dwdnlt~. 30 IT. Procedure, 32 [II. Snpplell1ental'Y. 33
CHAPTER VI. /Jouse defined.
39 FUl·ther Cil'cnIRl'~. 36 ·10 Honse uefined. 36 ,11 Census designation'> of officials alltl definitions. 36(a}
CHAPTER VII.
Experimental alNtraction according to tlte method 'P"oposed by the Census Commissioner.
41 a ?lfr. Risley's leiter. 39 iii
CHAPTEn V[U.
CenSIts Commissioner's visit to Baroda.
1 Intimation of 1\It-. H. H. Hisley's arriYlll here. ~7 2 List of papers to be submitted to the Ccn81B COlllmissioner. 4& 3 Questions for discussion... 48 4 Meeting at the Residency... 51 5 Experimontal Abstraction ( discusse 1 ). !il 6 :Meeting on the s',~cond day'. 51 7 Census Oommis~ioner memo on the discnc5iOll.-Note on lh') CCl1ms of)3arndtt Eltaj(,s •.. 51 Acknowledgment by the Census COlIlmissioner i),l
CHAPTER IX.
1 New cil'euJ~rs. 54 2 Cunsus of Ibilway E!Dploye~. 54 3 Numbering of Houses. 55
4 The City llOllse-llumbering. ··1" 62 [} Proclamations. ... 68 G Puras recognised as Yilll1ge~. 63 OllPTER X.
ScTlCme of Etlma,11·aph.y.
1 Etrlllogl'aplJicaI Enquiry... G3 2 The Scheme... G4 3 Constitution of the Cvmmittees. 66 4 Yaeli to the Member3 of the Comrnittcc$... 66 ;J Letter of illyitntiO"l. (;7 6 List; of the members o[ Ethno_;raphic COl1lmittees and of the castes [0 blJ iU(lllil"Ccl into. 58 A list of the Erahm~n Castes. A list of the cn"te" of Vanias. Other Hindu Castes hlS:dcs Brahmans ann. Vanias. 80 7 The result of the Enql.1ir:cs by the Committecs, S!) S The qnestions prO[OlcJ ... 8!) Special interrogatories for Brahmin~ ... {) Circular til the CommitteN'. 10 Arranging the J'csnlts of the Ethno<:)mphic Committee::. 11 !llr. Resly's remarks on the 0:131(,.
CHAPTER XI.
Fourth batd of Oirc1Ilars.
I Inspection by higher officers. 96 2 An),] Karkuns lohclptlteYahivat(L,rs. 99 3 EJlllmeration of: Boating pi)pulati()l1 ... 99 4 Enumeration of persons living within 1\1 ilitary limit". 10H CIL\PTER XU.
Tow's of Inspection.
1 Illspection \l"ork dor.e by the Assistant Superir.tenLlcnL. 105 2 Letter to the Census Commissioner about F~}I"e8t tracts Enumeration. 105 3 Songhad llnd Dlntri ,md, f,mnd unsalisfac'ory. 106 IV
4 l:<:rrol's mo~t Oommon. 106 f) EthtwgraFhical work takf'n IIp. 106 6 Enumcmtion hooks inspected. 106
FiflA batch of Oiroulars.
1 Uireular on the General System of Euumeral ill 11 , 108 2 Circ;uIar on (he Seds fOl' Christinlls.... 109 3 CireuInl'8 No. 2il and 25 ... 4 Circular Nv. 24 on rreliminury and Final Ennmerations. 110 5 Oircnlar No. 2G for the Enumeration of those Suffering from Plague find F:.mine. It! Additional instructions for the Gui,lance of the Snper,isors:- (A) Genera); (rq Preliminary Euumerati(m; Ie) Final Enumcmtion. (Kh) .b:llumerators Abstrncls anu Circle SumUlarie~ 116-122 J l13trnctions to Charge Superintendents:- Gcnm·al. Preliminary Enumeration. Final Ellllmeratioll; Chnrge Summary. 122-1i6
CHAPTER XIV.
pJ'climinar!J and FiiWl EnU1nerations.
1 Prelirnillury totals recei,eu. 126 2 Censns taken everywhere synchronously. 130 3 Final el1l1meration iotals telegraphed ... 130 4 Appointment of Record-keepers. 130
CHAPTEr:. XV.
AbSiI'ClCtio1Z and instructions to Rec01'd·!.:eepe1's, Supervtso;'s and PoStC1·S.
1 TIle slip system introduced. 130 ~ Pig-can-hole box"s for the po-tel's. 131 e Instrnctions to the l'oster ... 132 4 G l','c!cs of wOl'kc:'s. 132 f. (I) Record-keepersj-(.'J) f!tepel'l':s,-,I'.<; (3) Pc~tet's-(a) A TIrtluclJ, (I.) B Rnmch, Cc) Common to both UrflnClll'3-GenC'l"n). 133-13S
CUAPTER, XVI,
Tabulation awl Compilution.
1 The Posting of Slips. 138 .2 Pn'p!lrillg'the [roperjal Table. 139
CHAPTER XVH.
illi;;ccl! (lIZeOU8.
niagl"llllS and Maps p1'81'arc,I and l~cport writ in!; C0lUllll'llecd-Achlitiollal wod;: dOllC- Sects--Taltooing--Dais.. ' 143 2 CUll"ns Coc1c--C"rJons ExpcmJiLllt'C -Slatclltcnlo:--l SIJO'(rillg the distribution of Sche dnIes Etc., ill dia,'rent 1\[(1111);,-2 Showing nnmber of Enumerators and Supel'yisors. and EXP'lllditure ill j\Iah.. ls--3 8holl"i112-' fJin·lEs, Blocks and Houses in Each 1'alo kn ( Churgp ) 143-149 APPENDTX. . .. I-XXXIII CENSUS OF TIlE BARODA STATE. 1901 ADMINISTRATION.
OHAPTER I· Preliminar!J .
1. The Government of India decided as longlago us 13th October 1899 to take a synchronous Census of the whole Indian Empire Order of the Gm-ernment of Indirt. in March 1901. YiTith a view to have the work done in as complete a manner as possible, they invited the cooper ation of all the Loeal and Native Govcrnments in that important work.
2. Accordingly, the Government of His Highness the Maharaja Gaekwar,
Residellcy letter. Sir Sayaji Rao nT, "as also requested by Residency letter No. 2113], dated 6th December 1899 to lend its- aid in the said work.
"No. 211',310], 1890.
FROIlf
LIEUTENANT COLONRL C. ,Yo RA VEN:::iHA W, Officiating Resiclen t, at Baroda.
To,
THE :MINISTER OF
THE BARODA STATE. Baroda.
Dated Baroda, 6th Decmbe1' 1899. Sm, I have the honour to refer yon to this office letter noted in the margin regarding the Census of 189-1 and to state that No. 1722, duted llLll the Government of India have decided that the Fcbrnsl'Y 1890. same territories should be included in the Census· of 1901.
2. Thc Government of India hayc communicated the following sugges tions in respect: to preliminary meaSurers which they consider de'sir able for Native States to undertake during the present cold weather. 2
3. The basis of all Census operations is the st[1temcnt or register show ing the villages actually in existence in any given area, pargana' prant, chauki, or whatever the local administrative unit may be. Where there has been a cadastral survey rmd village headmen or pat waris keep the survey records upto date, the village register required for the Census C[1n be written up to date by the village officers at any time. But where there are neither maps nor village officers. some one has to go over the ground and ascertain what villages actually exist. There will, no doubt,be some list of revenue villages to serVe as a starting point for local enquiry, but cultivation is constantly shift ing, fresh hamlets are formed and old ones abandoned. Experience shows that if an enquiry of this kind is left to be done during the hot weather ::md the rains it will not bc thoroughly done and the mis takes and omissions in the record of villagcs will give much trouble later on.
4. With the object of getting this important preliminary operation carried out during the .present cold season I woul<1 suggest that steps should be taken by the Darbar to collect in the form herewith enclo sed, the requisite information respecting Baroda territory. The Census Suprintendent, when appointed, will then find ready to his hand comp1ete information which will enable him to proceed at once to form charges, circles and blocks for Census purposes and to select charge Suprintendents, Supervisors :md Enumerators.
The enclosed form is adopted from one which was used in Central India, at the last Census (page 33 of report on Block=50 houses or so. Circle==,t group of 10 the Census of 1891). It contains all that is blocks. considered necessary; but should the Darbar Charge = a. Than or Tahasil or part of a Taha authorities desire to add further particulars, there sil conbing a con is no objection to their doing so, ~providecI that venient number of they retain the essential columns shon:ing (a) circles. the original villages (b) the hamlets formed within them (c) the number of houses and (d) the persons fitted for appointment as Census officers.
I have &c. (Sd.) C. ,Yo RAVENSHA "'-, Lt. Col. Officiating Resident Baroda.'~
3. Thereupon His Excellency the Miuister sent the following reply to the Residency :- ::\Iinkter's reply. 3
"No. 5766. HUZUR CUTCHERY, Baroda, 23rd January 1900.
To,
LIEUTENANT COLONEL C. W. HEVENSHAW. Officiating Resident, Baroda.
SIR, With reference to your letter No. 21131 dated 6th Ultimo; I have the honoul' to state that in accordance wit.h the suggestion of the Govern~ ment of India, His Highness' Government has decided to carry out a Census of the population in Baroda territories, .simultaneously with the Imperial Censns, and thatthe suggestions made in paras 3 and 4 of your letter will receive attention.
I have &c. (Sd.) S. SRINIVAS RAGHAV IY ANGER, Dewan."
Thus this sta.te 'accepted the invitation of the Government of India, and decided to undertake thc work of the present Census.
4. It happens that this is the third regular Census of the popUlations under Baroda State, not taking into consideration the Third regular Census. partial one of 1872. The first regular Census was taken on 17th February 1881, the second one on 26th February IS!:)!, i. e. after an interval of 10 years and 9 days; and the present one, taken on 1st March 1901 , succeeds .its predecessor after an interval of 10 years and 3 days. Thus the interval between the Censuses of 1891 and 1901, is shorter than that between those of 1881 and 1891 by about G days and has been necessitated by a l1eCesf;ary change of the dates for the great decennial event. The date of the present Census was, as before, particularly in the case of this State, chosen by the authorities concerned with such discrimination and care, that neither pilgrimages nor mar riages have interfered in the execution of this arduous task; nor, fortunately, was there any epidemic prevalent at the time anywhere in this Stute.
5. In order to carryon this work, His Highness' GC;lVerUl11ent pass ed an order No. 4947, dated 30th December 1899, appoint Censns Officers appointed. iug l\h. J all1shedji Ardeshir Dalallll. A. LL. E., as Census Superintendent, in addition to his other duties; after a lapse of some time, an
·other order No.3 dated 8-5-1900, WfiB passed by the same authority appointing Mr. Manirai Trikamrai Joshipam B. A. I"L. Jl., as Assistant Superintendent. 4
CHAPTER II· Administrative Divisions, Sub-divisions and, macltillm'y of tlte State.
6. The Baroda State is divided inb four great Divis;.on for administrative purposes. (1) Amreli (2) Kadi (3) Navsari, (4) Baroda Divisions of the Barol1a These Divisions are situated apart from each other, as State. isolated blocks; and tracts of British or other Nati\, ChicfH' territories intervene between them. 7. Every Division is divided into sub·eli visions, necessary for the control Snb.uivisions. and direction of subordinate Revenue officers, and ever_'\-" 'l'alnkas. sub·division is divided into Talulms, each of such an ex- etent as could conveniently be placed incharge of one Ta1111;:a Revenue officer. S. There are 11 sub·divisions and 32 Talulms and 10 Peta Talukas:- N umbers of Sub-divisions :mu Talllkas.
Divisions. Su b·Divisiom. Talukas. Peta-Talukas. 1 2 I 3 4 Amreli. Bhimkata. 1. Amreli. 1 Aml'eli. { 2 Damnagur. Shianagar. 3 Kodinar. 2. Koelinar. 4 Dhari. Khamba. { 5 Okh~mandal. Beyt. 1 Kadi. K\Ldi. 1. Kadi. 2 Kalol. {3 Dehegam. Atarsumba. 4 Visnagar. 2. Visnagar. ) 5 Kheralu. 6,.,. Vijapur. l I Mehesana. Pattan. Harij. 3. Pattan. , {~ Vadavli. 10 Sidhpur. 1 Navsari. 1. Nnvsnri. Nanmri. { 2 Gandevi. I 3 Kamrej. 2. Kamrej. \ 4 Palsana. ) . 5 Vela
Administratit'e Macltinery.
A-Revenue.
9. The chief executive authority in each of the Districts or Divisions of this 'State is styled the Snba corresponding in position ncvcnuc Officers. J and power to the Collector of a British Zilla. He, like his brother officers in the British District!', holds ex.offiC£o the pO\vers of a District Magistrate. Directly subordinate to him are the Naib Subns or Assistant Col ·1ectors, who afe in charge of the sub·divisions of a District; and under them come the Vahiwatdars for the Talukas and the l\{ahnlkaris fOt· the Pet:1 1\1ahals. 10. As eyen the last of thcse officers cannot by thclllseives alone be expected' to collect the revenues of all the villages ill their Talukas, Talutis. village f C_. 3. 2 6 vision and control of the schools and Gr~hn'ya"h{das of his Division. Subordinate to him arc Deputy EducZLtional Inspectol's who look after the schools ot the smaller eircles entrusted to them; :lnd the schools nre managed by teachers pro~ portionate to the number of cbildren receiving; instruction in tllem. The whole vernacular Department is under the control of :m officer called the Vidyadhikari. There is, besides, a Director of Anglo-veruacular Instruction, who is aJso Prinei pal of a flourishing Arts College, which teaches for all University Arts Degrees~ and the First Law Examination. Under him are the English Schools of different grades. Gramya-Sh alas. 15. Gr:unya. Shahs or villnge schools are small schools estl1,blished f01' small villages. \Vhere there are 110 regular schools, GrnmYIl Shalas ll.11l1 athOL' owinl! to the paucity of Ilnmbers, the expenses of these ~chooIs. ~ yilloge-scho()1s are defrayed by the Revenue Department, and there are olle or two teachers in each of these schools. Schools als') exist where compulsory education has been intl'Oduced, under fixed rules. These are prospering. There are also flourishing Dhanlm schools, in the Forest Talukas, for the Educatioll of the children of the Forest tribes. They are all board::'ng schools and in addition to reading and 'vritin~ upto [l, high standard, agriculture and h::mdicrafts are also taught. Them arc schools for the Antayaja or unclean classes, like Dheds and Bhangis, all well managed. In the capital city there is the Kala BhawaD~ or school of Arts and Imlustrics. E. Public Works. 16. Every District has aho one Executive Engineer with a large subordi nate establishment of supervisors, overseers, mistris and mukadams to execute works of public utility. They are undel' the contt'Ol of the Chief Engineer. F. J1 unicipalities. 17. Almost all important Kasbas (towns) have lIlUnicipal privileges exten "ded to them. These hodies ate composed of members, some of whom are nomi~ "n[1ted by Government, and others elected by the people. The expense;,; incurred by these ~Innicipalities, are at present defrayed by the State. Baroda City. 18. "For CensLls pUl'poses, the City of BaroJa has been considerod as an independent Division, as per instructions received from A Division by itself. the Census Com!llissioner. The City Municipality has an independent Commissioner at its head, and a Health officer to look after its l3anitary condition. This short synopsis of the AdmilJistt'ative machinery is here given to show the stocks from which the Census n18chinery was supplied to carryon some of its operations. 7 CHAPTER III· Central and Distrid Census Offices" 19- The CellSl1S Office was opened on 1st :\Iay 1900, but regular work was not commenced till the 15th. From the experience of CensusCommencement work.. of the tl1e 1fist t\\"o C ensnses tIeI espelJ d".rItUl'e lor t Ile' present Censns \Vas put at as Iowa figure flS possible. His High ness' Government, by Dewan O-ffice letter No. 9,550, J;.'(tecl the 19th ::\Iay 1900, ~ave its consent to adopt the f.ame forms and procc(lul'c as were prescribed by the Census Commissioner for a,ll India, and the procedure of the past two Censuses had to be modified, whenever so desired by the CenslJs Commissioner for India. 20. This invoh'ed a very hnppy challge in tIle (JM methods of abstraction and tabulntioll. The hea vy ,.ystem_ of marking strokes in New methods and Enqlli- hl'ze abstrnction sheets ~nye place to the slip system, l'ies. ~ .. which will be described further Oll. Another important feature of this CenSlls is the introductioll of the Ethllogrflphic erlfluiry of vanous castes and races. :ll. There was a departure {rom the procedure in the Beitish Districts, in addressing the Circubrs a1'icl orders direct to the Vahi- Orders [lnd circulars sent d f h I 1 ffi f Jed h direcL to the VaiJivutdal's. wat ars rOIn t e wac 0 co 0 t le ensus, an not to t e Collectors of the districts. The Y nhi vatchrs, who were j'n dired communication ,vith tho Census Superintendent, had NaiQ ( Deputy) Fouzdars placed under them, to carry out their order;:;. Each Vahiwatdar has. in each Taluka, from ( 2 ) to ( ,1) Naib Fouzdars, with a group of villages.for ilach. These officers were utlized fol' Census work, under the Vahiwatdars. They l.ooked to their respecti \"e g!"onps and the V- ahi watclars watched _over the working of the whole Taluka. ,Vith u. view to secure the co-operation of these officers, the heads of the RevenGe and Police Departments hacl, at the request of the Census Superintendent" issned orders in their Depnrtments, instrneting their subordinates to perform the Censns work entrusted tD them with intelligence and alacrity. The Municipal Commissioner for the City of Baroda had to canyon all the Censns orders for the City. As all orders were to be addl'ossed in the first instance to the Vahiwu.tdars from this office, their superior Executive officers such as Su bas ur.d the Naib Subas were instructed, in order to avoid inconsitencies and wrong inter~ pretations, not to gi '>'e any explanations of their own to the Vahiwatdars, but to refer to this office on any points of doubt or differnces 0f opinioll. CHAPTER IV· First batcl~ oj Circulars. ,Vhile the ,vork of the preliminary arrangements of the Census was goi!!g all, as detailed in the preceding chapter, nec-ess:l.l:Y Circnbrs. circulars \vere being drafted out ill this Office. ' 23. The first circular was issued on ! nth ~fay 1001, asking for a list of Names of the KasLus or the Kasbas or towns, in each Taluka as defined therein. towns It rnns as follows, ( Tmuslatiol1 ):- ,; A Census of this tenitory will be taken in 1900, synchron ously with that of the whole of India. Ord~rs abou t th~ s preliminary arrangements &c., will be issued from this Officet generally specifying the dates by which the arrangements therein mentinne<1 :11"e to be completed. The Vahiwittdars and the Mahnlkaris should see that these orders are punctu ally ~arried out and that the papers and statcments wanted, nre, before the appointed (hte, sent in after carefully comparing them with the pre\'icius record." if any, and after showing, the causes of difference, if any. ,r At present, it is necessar.Y to know ho\," many Kasbas there are in this territory. It has been c1ecide(l that a place containing a population of 5,000 sOllb or mo!'e should be reckoned as a Kasba. But consideration "'ill h:1Ye to be given to the character of the population, whether it is mainly rural or urban. As a general rnle, a yillnge which contains urban population shoul.l bo considered as a town (Kasba). Thus some places containing less than 5,000 inhabitants, but established chiefly for purposes of trade will also be included undcr that head. "A Kasba has been defined as above in the presellt Census, and the same definition was adopted in the years 1881, and 1891; and in accordance therewith, villages reckoned as Kasbas in each of the Mahals of thIS state hayc been pnblishcd under the title of "A list of such l\:asbns is also to be prepared for the forthcominK Census. The Yahi ,mtdars and the l\1:ahallmris, who always move in their respecti\-e I'alukas and consequently must be aware of such village:>, are desired to send in a statemcnr within 8 days, according to the for111 given below, of those villages which, o\ying to the increase or decrease in population during the subscq ucnt years, may, under the principle above c1C:!iined.! be added, as KasL:ts, or dropped from the list;;. "Form of statement of villages to be classed as Kasbas in the ( ) Mahal ( ) Diyi5ioll, prepared as per order No. dated the from the lIuzur- CenSlls Office, Bnoda. Beasons for calling the village Serial Name of al Knsba \vbich had not been reCkon-I N umber. village. cd as SL1Ch at the last Census. 1 1--2- 3 -1-7 ----1----- 1------I I 9 "The infurmation caBed for above mLlst include all the villages which continne to be recognised as Kasbas and also those which are hereafter to be reckoned as such. Peb or sub-"Mahal is to be regarded as::t J\iahal by itself, so far as the Census arrangemellts afe concerned, and the Vahiwatdars and 1\{a11:1I karis e;hould, therefor~. sn bmit. pfl pel's for their respective charges, independently of each other, in conformity with this principle. 24. Two cbys after this, i. e. on 20th May 1900, n second circular was issued, calling upou the Vahiwatdars to send a list of Alienated Villages. alicnated villagcs with the nar-ncs of their registered holders &c., in the following tenns, (Translation):- "For the operations of the Census for 1901, it is necessary to know the number of alienated viliAges "uch as Im'tmi, Devas tb:lrJ, Dharm~'td:i:ya, Sndftvarat, Kher':it &c., in each Taluka, as also the llflmcs of persons with '.vh0ll1, the management of these Yillages rests and the names of those to whom communications in this res)Ject should be directed and t11eir ac1dresees. Vahi watdurs find the Mahalkaris should, therefore submit a state ment for their respective Tnlukas according to the enclosed from, so ai, to reach this Office within 10 days. "As certain orders cnn be issned only after the receipt of these statements, 110 ci~lllY should occur in ~ubmitting the same by t.he appoillted date. ' Statement of alicllntecl (Deyusth{lI1 Dharrn,icl~iyfl, ,ImLmi &c.) vil lages inthe Taluka, _1_ _2__ : __._°_' _ 4· 5 l__ G_) _-11 ____ ~-- ~ 1 ---I I Nate. 1. Villages should lJC Plltered ill tlJi3 statement by groups according to their l1utnre or descript,ion. 3. There will be no difficulty in taking the Census of those villng€s tllat nrc 11llder Government attnchment and that c. s. 3 10 are likely to remain in the SarkaI' management till the date of the Census of 190 I; still they should be entered in this statement under the heading (under attachment) and the nature of the attachment should be described in short against each of such villages." 25. On 22nd May 1901, another circular· was addressed to the Vahiwat Ports and lanuillg places, dars to submit to this Office :1 statement showing the DharmashUla~ &c. ports, landing pbces &c. in the following words,- ~ ( Translation ):- "The V nhiwatdars :lnd Mahallmris .. ho\11d prepare and submit to this Office, according to the sub-joined form a statement for tbeir respective MnIwls, showing the ports, landing places and halting grounds situated at a distance from the village habita tions and used bv cart men or trayellers; and also showing Government or ;ublic buildillg such as .Jails, Dharmashal~s &c. which may be deemed separa.te blocks owing to the number of inmates being large. j'onn. rn .:: 0 Name of the village and below that (enter) C/J .:: _. ::-".,...1 the name or a clear description of the port, ~'"O 0 ~ c ...... landing place and halting ground situ(tted at 05 0 • ~""" ::: <:'l ::... a distancE: from the village h(tbitations and 011 the same day Circular No.3 as follows was addressed to them to explain certain discrepancies anJ mistakes in the Statements S!.l hmitted by them,-(Translation):- "Statements showing the villages of each of the 1\:Iahals and the number of houses in each village have hocn received flS called for. But the present number in some cases differs illnch from that of the last Census. "1 n an important ma.tter like the Census "ueh a large difference cannot be t6Jerateu. These statements m·e, therefore, returned to the respccti\-e Mabals enclosing with them a list showing the difference. The VahilVatdftl's and the ::\ therefore arrange to submit the same duly corrected according" to the instructions specified below:- 'l At the Census of 1881 ::\[l)halw31' lists of villages were u1'de1' "The Vahiwatdars and _J[nhalkaris :;hould now eOlllp:U'e the lists of the villages in their respective "Mahal;;;, given ill the first of these volumes, with the present state of thillgs and send in a Yadi so as to reach tbis Office before the 10th of June HlOO, showing the changes that may have taken place since the last Census, sLleh as transfers of villages from and into the :'Itfahal under their clull'ge, depopulated vilIftges tun1ecl into populated ones, antI "vice vel's:.!; because it is lleecss;ny to obtain distinct information on these points. <'The number of houses per village as returned !lOW', Jiffer$ eon· siderably from that of the last Census; the reas;ns of this must be fully inquired into and they must be shown, with the uumber and date of the order, if there be any of the higher authorities, in the remarks ,column. "In this Yadi, the names of villages, the jurisdiction of which may be in dispute and also those whose jurisdiction has changed hands, subsequent to the Census of 1801, should be shown. Explanation for tbe same shcJUld be given III the remarks column, "At the end of this yadi au endorsement should he made to the effeet that. besides the villages named in this Y neli othel' villages continue to be in the Maltal, as they were before, that no change has occurred, aud that there is no jnrisdietional <.lis pute in respect of them:' 27. The ~tatell1eI1ts were not as accurate as could he wished, bp.cause 011 receiving the form with Rosideney letter No. 21 i31 of ,In accnracies e"plaiued, 1899 asking this Govet'nment to take immediate action, or. ·ders were SC!!t ont from another Department, before the Censns Office,was organised. Other circulars were issued after this; but, excepting circular No.8 they :arc llot of any general interest and nrc not (luoted here in extenso, :28. Circular No.8 rnns as fullow" :-·(Translation) Cirl'lliar Nu. R Tnrrrkillg "of. block." anLl linn "es. "The jirst o~ l\Iarch 1901 has been fixeJ as the lhte of the tinal Cemus, and although it appears at present to he rather disbnt, them is great deal of preparatory work to be .done_ It is, therefOl-e, necessary tor the local officers to be specially careful in carrying ont the orders. Hence this suggestion. 12 "2 What is irnm(;diately und lIrgently re(luil'ed to be done is to obtain complete alHl correct lists shmying the description and number of Dlo(.;b, and circles into which tOlVllf'. dllages, suburbs or hamlet>" that are to be enumerated, can be divided. "3 The Naib :Fuu;;dal' of each Thalla should visit every village under his contlOl und det~rmine 1he Blocks with the nssist :.Lllce of Lhe Talati rmd Patel of the respecti\'c village. A, Block has been defined as follows:- "4 As a general rule, GO honse" cnpable of containin~ about 300 inhabitants, shoul::! be gronped into one Block. This number will incllldc both occupied and un·occupied houses such a8 cowpe1lS, &c. This nnmbel' may if necessary, be varied nccordillg to the circuUlstallces of different localities. The following illstn1ctions should thcrctore be borne in mind at the time of f<_.rminf!,' the Dlocks :- "(1) The information rf'gurding all the Blocks in the village ,,~ill have to be filled in each column of the Enumerator's Block book by the servants of the State sllch as Talati,., &c" a few days previous to the dute oj the final Cellsus. "Yhat will then remain to be done by the Enumerat_ ors, on the night of the final Census, will be to go from house to honse and check from every house t.he entries previol1sly made ill each Block book, entering new comers and striking oft'the entries of th08e \\ ho may b(~ then absent. The object is, therefore, to take in one Block as many bouses as nn Emnneratol' can visit nnel do his appointed work in three 01' four hour", on the Ilight of the final Census, This will depend generally upon the circlll!'Jstances of s:1ch block Althongh, tberciol'c, it is stutea that about sixty hou:::es may gcnc:'ally be included in one block, less ~han sixty bOllO'es may also form a. block, where owillg to tho h011se8 being scat t.ered. the Ennmerator mny have to go over a Iarg-c urea. In tile jungle Mahals such as Son~ gl)nd, ,"Yfl1':1 &0.: thete are villages containing 8cyen.1 smn.ll cl usters ot' groups of houses ~epflJ':lted from one another by a. c1istsnce of two or three miles; ,HIld a few such groups form a viI. lage. If tbe~Ennl11emtor 11a;; to traverse over a distnnce ".hich ~\\'onld not admit of the work of checking the entries regarding the inmates of each of tIle hou:;cs comprised in ::tIl the groups of :t village like tlli"" beillg done within ;> or -1 13 hours on tbe Census night; many such gl'OUpS need not be taken up to form one Block, but they may bc divided into separate convenient Blocks, irrespective of the number of houses in them. No fixed rule can be ]aid down as to tIw minimum number of houses a Block should con· tn.in in cases where less than sixty will have to be included; in us much us the number depends . upon the distance:m Enumerator will have to travel. Bnt special care should be taken not to make the Blocks too small.· On the contrary in towns and villages where the houses are very close, more thnn sixty houses may without dif· ficulty wbcrcvtr cOIHcnient be included in one Block. In the majority of villages the main habitation is always compact and continuous; and there it will ~110t be inconvenient to form Blocks of even upto one hu~dred houses each but more than a hundred houses should never be included in one Block. "(2) Houses situated in the Bhagol ( outskirts) should ba included in the nearest Block of the nearst site, if no inconvenience is likely to occur. "(3) In forming tho Blocks, the recognised subdivi_ f'ions of a vilI::tge ~uch ns Falirts, Kh{LUch{ts Khadkis, 'Yltd,is, &c. should be kept jintact as f;.lr as possible. "(4) Care nl\~st 1e taken to form the Block a COlll?act onc; in other wordf', one Block should not run into anothel'. "(5) As a general rule the dctel'mination of Blocks should be comrllenced from one side of the village fl,nd conti n ned ti II the whole village is demarcat ed into sllccesf'i\-e Blocks. "{ 6) Care should be t31;cn that no house is omitted owing to negligence or inadvertence. For instance, houses 'situated behind a large hciuse and screen_ ed from ,·jew ther~by urc apt to r~main unno·. ticed; similarly a small hne or foot path or the covered surface of a drain or of a gutter may lear} to an open space where there may be a number of houses. Census Officers cannot, there· fore, be too carefn.! in finding out all the exist-· ing houses, in a. village. 4 c. s. "(7) :!\Iore vi1ln~e;; than one 8hou1u nevel' be included in a Block however_small and contiguous they may be. "(8) In forming the Blocks special attention must be paid not to omit any place of residence, which can be called a house as defined for the forthcoming Census. '«9) A vilInge containing one hundred houses or less should not be divided into more Blocks than one. "(10) But where an inhabited area is lying outsid the village r site, or where there are more than one hundred houses in a village, there is no~ objection in forming more Blocks than one. ," "(11) A whole village and a portion of another village or portions of two independent villages should not be included in onc Block. ';(12} J ails, Offices, Courts, Hospitals or other Go~ vernment Buildings may be made to form separate and independent Blocks, if the number of persons residing therein be so large as to make it convenient to do so. "( ) 3) A separate Block should be made of a Punt (suburb) that bears an independent name and is situated apart from the main habitation though within the boundaries of a village. "'5. After the dcmarcrttion of Blocks, they may be grouped into circles each containing generally ten Blocks. But as more or less tha.n sixty houses are permitted as above to be group ed into one Block, regard being had to the circumstances of different localities, so also there is no objection to include more or less than ten Blocks in a circle. In short a circle should be so formed as to enable the supervisor personally to scrutinize thoroughly before the final enumeration by house to house visitation, the entries for each person, in every column of the schedule, made by the enumerators ill their books during the preliminary enumera.tion, and also to enable him to visit each Block under his control, on the night of the final enumeration and to satisfy himself that the enumerator of each Block is engaged in checking the entries regarding each house. ~'(j. Besides the above, the following instructions should be borne in mind in forming the circles :-:- 15 1'1. The maximum number of boe},:;; that a circle may contain should be 15, only where it can be so done conveniently, but it should on no account contain. more than that number. "2 If the number of blocks in a village exceeds 10 by a few blocks the remaining blocks should be in cluded in the same circle, but should not be transferred to the circle of another vilbge. If however, there be more than 15 blocks in a vil lage they should be divided into two circles con taining an equal number of blocks as far as prac ticable instead of grouping them into one circle. "3 There is no objection to forl11 more than one circle in a village. "4 'Vhere ill a village more th:1il onc cirde will ha.ve to be made the ,york of determining the circles should be commenced generally from one end of the village; that is to say from the point where the determination of the block" was commenced and the same continued till the whole village is divided into successive circles. ·'5 :More entire villages than one may be included in ::t circle if it is convenient to do so. But in no case should a portioIl_ of n. village in addition to one or more entire vlllages or purtions of two or more villages bc included in one circle leaving the remaining portions for other circles. :'6 In fixing the circles the recognised sub-divisions of a village, such as Falitis, Khanchtis, Khadkis, Wttdlts &c. s110uln be kept intact as far as pos sible. ':7 Care should be t:1kell to make the circle a compact one, in other words, one circle should not run into another Circle.· "R The blocks situated outside the village proper are likely to re111:1,in unnoticed, therefore care must be taken that no such block is left out through inadvertence or carelessness. "9 Every Naio FOLlzdar should commence the determi nation of Circles from one cud and finish at the other end, in the limits of the Thana under him; in other words, the Circles should naturally followone t\l1other and be marked in an alphabetical order. 16 7. After the determination of blocks and circles in the manuel' above prescribed, the Nuib Fouzdar should cause a separate statement to be made by the Talati for each village under his Thana in duplicate in the following form. Census Register A Register showing the blocks and circles. Serial No. Name of Nnmberof NuulC of Oirclc Name of of Block. .l\Iock if houses. Enumerator Jelter. Supervisor. Remark!1. :lIlJ. 1 2 <) ~ r) 6 7 ,~ Note .. 1. The description of village namely Kh:'dsa, Inam, Dharmri.duya &c, should be noted in the column of remarks. "2. In this statement the circle letter is to be filled in by theNaib Fouzdar after marking it in the state ment with him, specified below, and before he l'eturns the statement received from the Talati, :'3. Columns 4 and 6 are to 'be left blank for the preseut, as the names of enumerators and supervisors will be filled in afterwards. "4. For seprrrate blocks of a Pura ( Suburb) going b'y a separate name and detached from the parent villrlge, it should be clearly mentioned in the column of renmrks, that the blocks belong to such find such a lmn~ ( su burb ) of the village. "S Takiug tbe Talatis' duplicate statements, the Naib Fouzdar should embody them into a collective statement to be made in duplicate according to the following form:-- Census Register B. statement showing the Census blocks and circles made in the villages of Thana ( ) :Mahal ( ) Division. ( ) -'" .S ~·i~ 0 ~.", '" Q"'._. ...., :E en U.J, '" '"'" .... "" Nnlue or ."0 Name of 0 '"5..u Name of 0 ',", ~ -"'l ~ Village. '" Supervisor. <5 ""0 Enumerator. ~ ·R';i' ~ ~ Z ~, ';:-' ...... ~ c::Q 0) C; ...... c:; ce -'" fi ...=: ....=:I <:: 3~ .;::: ... ;...... ;::: 0 .:::~~ ::5 '" <:.> '""" :!It, ~. ~, ~, ~I, 6, '\Ii, :II, ~, ~, ~, tN, ~, l.. ~, ~, Go, ~, ct, 1.f., ~,1:1, ~,"lf., ,(, Ui, Gi, ~, ~, =!., (.1, 9, ~I, Ii, ;U,~, u!, e1, :11, tfl, ~, ~, \1,""'\1 "!:!i, \il. \ill. And fnrthel' on fl"Om letters from the Bdra'!cshari of every alphabet being pressed into sertice, as shown above, leaving aside the rest. "2. The remarks about the blocks of PUT{is should be copied in full opposite such blocks of th~ village from the Talati's statements by the Naib Fouz dars in their mvn statement. "3 Columns 5 and 8 are not to be filled in nt present in thii:l statement • .. -1. From Column 4 of this statement the letters for circles should be transferred" to colml1l1 5 in the Talatis' strttement and then a copy of it returned to him, keeping the original with this statement. In trallsferring the cirle letter to the Talatis' stnte,ment the words" portion of" should be written nIong with the circle letter, if the \'illllge forms n. part of thc circle. ,,~. The Naib Fonzdars should send this statement in original to the Talub, retaining a copy thereof with the Talatis' statement on their own record. "10. From the statements recei,'ed from nIl the Naib Fouzrlal's, the Vahi watdnTs should prepare two collective statements for their respective entire 'l'alukas, according to the form given below, 'ciz. one for thc towns, and the other for the remaining yillages. Both these statements should also be made in duplicate. " Census RegistCl' C. " Statement of blocks and circles formed in the villages of ( in the statement for towns substitute towm. lor villages in the heading) Taluka ( ) Division ( ) ...s i: '0 (:3 '" .9 ~ ~ 0 .~;.- en'" ...'" j:q :::: '" t: 0 a .... ,.::; 0:;"""' 0 '" ,,; if.! 0 '0 ~'" -'4 '- '"'-< ... 0 ;7.< ,_ ~...!2 0 0.> ,.=, (!) ""a '" 5 o. s. 1S lVote:- The names of Supervisors and Enumerators, III other worr1s columns G and 9, are not to be filled up at present in this statement. ":3 In the collective statement of villages the towns following in the serial order of the circles should not be entered. But a remark should be writ ten in red iuk in their stead to the effect that such nnd such a town follows here and it con tains circles from lctter-to-Ietter shown in tile sep:wato stll.tement of towns; and the sub sequent yillages should be entered. "3. The llame of the Thana should be embodied in the statement and below it should be entered the yjllagcs belollging to that Tliana in the order of the ~il"cle letters; and when one Th~a is finish ccl :lIlDLhcl' should follow. "4. The remarks about suburbs shonld be transferred to these statements from the statement of the Naib FOllzc1ar. co 5. If a jurisJicti!)lml L1ispute exists with reference to any of the villages and towns entered in this statement au eudoresement should be made to that ctfect in the remarks column against the names of these villages, giving the particulars in brief. ,; 6. From these two statements an abstract should be made at th0 foot of the statoment of villages as follows:- No. of No. Details. of Numbe!' of circles. Blocks. houses. As shown In the state· ment of villages ... As shown in tbe state- ment of towns ... Total for villages and towns ... ,; 11. After the 5tatcments of all villages and towns in the entire Talnkas are completed as shown above, they should be compared with the villages shown in the printed Census Dehzad:.'t ( list of vilbges of 1891) which has already been supplied to every Tnlulm and a list should be prepared showing the variations with canses. The list should, aftel" taking the variations into acconnt, show how the statements tally with the Dehzada of 1891. The list should be made in duplicate and attached to the state111.ent. ]9 t' 12. When all the papers are reauy as directed above, the Vahiwatdars should make an endorsement below the state ments of villages and towns as fo11ows:- 1 I declare tlll1t this statement prepared for this Cen sus has been compared with the lists of villages of IS91, :lI1d is correct; and that not a single village of this Talulm remail1S unentered in this statement. :] ,A remal'l;:: has becn made in the remarks column against those villnges about which thore is a dispute about juriscliction. " ] 3. After ;1,11 the papers as described :1110V0 lJa\'e boon complet ed, the Yahiwatclars ShOllld submit the ft)lJowing pupers to the Sl1bas of theil' Districts:- I SLltcments of villages alld towns. l .. ists in duplicate, giving explanation of the vlll'ia tions found ou comparison of the present state mont with the Dehz~id~i of 1£91. '" 14 After the above papers havc been received in the District office they should be eompareu with the ,Tumabandi papers and Dchz{tdi; and the discrepancies should, if found. 'be noted in their proper places. After this is done all these papers should be tlisposed of in tile following manner:- Papers to be sent to the Census Papers to be returned Head office. to the VaLiwutdal'o Statement of villages received for each Talulm. 1 Statement for Towns rccei~Ted for each Taluka, 1 A list pl'ep:ueu by the Vahiwat Duplicate of this list dar showing the Variations found should be returned to on comparing the present statements the Vahiwatdar. with the Dehzlldtl, of 1891. "15 Every Nnib FOllzdar should submit the statement for his respective ThalHt so as to reach the Vahi watdar before the 15th of .Tuly 1900. The Vahiwatdars- should selld in papers prepared in their office, so as to reach the Suba before the 31st Idem, :111(1 the Subas are requested to forward the papers to tho offices concerned, so as to reach thel'e before the 20th Aug-ust 1900. Dated the 12th June 1900. 20 OHAPTER V· The Schedvle 29. 'fhilc the ,,·ork of issuing circulars and orders was going on as des-· cribed in the last chapter, papers were comi.ng in from the Schedule recei,c(l from Census Commissioner for India. The chief among these fhe Census COlnmissioncr. were the General scheclllle, HOlls3hold schedule and in- structiolls to Enumerators. . 30. The schedule prescribed for use this time was unlike its predecessol'~ buth in regarc1 to omi8£"ions and additions. Last time New schedule diITercnt there was one separate independent column (3) for sects from the old onc. one for subcastes ( 5 ), as wdl as one (13) for" langnage kno,Yn by literates." But this time all these three have been ordered to be omitted for reasons st!lted in Government Resolution No. 30-3~ dated 2nd April 1900. In place of these omissiuns, four columns altogether new, have been;. added. They are columns (I) for house number, (10) for subsidiary occupation, (11) for the means of subsistence of dependents on actual \Vorkers, and (15) for persons literate in English. Moreover the first colullln for 'serial number and name' in schedule of the last Census, is split up into two this time. Thus there are 16 columns this time for 14 on tbe last occasion. The omissions (1) and (2) referred to abov~, were not absolutely ordered to be made but a limited dis·cretion was left to the various L,)cal Go\'ernments by the Government of India. In tbe 7th paragraph of the Resolution re:erred to above, it is said that "the Governer General ill Council had determind that the sects of Christians should be recorded, but had decided ill the case of Ncn-Christian sects to leave the matter to the Jiecretion of Local Governments who may either omit sects fl.lto gether, or if they wished to have figures for particular sects only, may direct the enumerntors to ascertain by special inquiry the number ::mn distribution of those sects; and that this could readily be done by means of the rules for the guidance of Supervisors and Superintenden ts referred to ill para 5 abo\'c; but that if this course is considered open to objection the names of all sects might be recordedt but only those abstracted , .. hich are th:mght to be of special importance." 31. ·W.hile it was doubtful how t.::> proceed, :1, letter (No. 58 dated the 26th May 1900) was received from the Census Commissioner Hindu and ]Uusalmr.n intimatil;g that" rule 4 of the Instructions to Enumera. sects to be entered. tors will be modified and instrllctions will be giyen in the rules for Charge Superintendents and Supervisors, which 1 propose to issue shortly, that the ennmerators shoulc1 fiSk all Hindus and Musalmans the name of their sect and should enter that in the column for religion!' Further on in the same letter the Commissioner observes, H 3. I would ask you to consider in com munication with the Local Goyernment lvhet.her the system described above should be adopted in Baroda alld inform we of thc decision." On 14th June 1900, :1 reply to the COnlrnissioner was sent from this office ill the following terms:- " The suggestiol\ of the C€nsn" Commissioner, t.hat the enumeration should lJe effected by simply entering the sect to which a man 1elong..,:, as his l'eligion, in column 4 of the schedule • w111 be extrcml.cly confnsillg -i11 thi,; p~rt of India and will entail more labour than necessary at the time of Abstrac tion. The Census Superintendent thel'fore proposes to enter the main religion of the person enumerated in co'lumn 4 and beJow it in parenthesis tIle sect to which he belongs; as for instance in the case of a Hiudu, column 4 would show first: " Hindu" and below it iu parcnthesi8 (shaiva ) (vaislmava) &c, as the case may be." Mr. H. H. Risley in his reply No. 177, dated Simla the 26th July 1900, informed liS that 'c there was no objection tu this being done." 32. The omission of the 13th COlutllll, 'language known by litcmte ' W:l8 compensated for by the rnlitlg of the Census Commissioner All languages known hy that all languages known by the literates should be shown the literates, in the fomoteenth column of the schedule now prescribed. Thus the present Census has not only recorded n11 the mnttcr of the last Oensns, but something more, iIi the same space. 33. The fcl10wing schedule with Insrl'lletiullf- tu Ennmerntoy:- was adopt ed by the Census Commissioner:- 6 c. s. 22 l ______C- 1-_____ 1____ _ 'qS![Eua n .-I MOm( lOU S;)OP .10 S.II.OU)J , ·lJlu.wmII .10 aWlol!'I J.::: ·S.hl3[JO A\, pmlO\i' uo Sluapuoc1.;)G ;::::: }O ------~------~~I------ o ...... ·P~M.°ll!A\' ~ ,10 P ~ ~ z<1 0::.:"1~Im E-<::-i oIi; J~ -----1 __. 23 I.-RULES EOR FILLING UP THE SCHEDULE. Rule I.-Column 1 (Bouse Numbe1°).-Enter the number of the house. If it is empty, write "empty" after the number, and leaye one space blank. If you find a house without a number in which some one is living, you will report to the su pervisor for orders. Rule 2-Column 2 (Serial Nllmber)-This column IS not to be filled up until the final record has been completed. You will then cnter' a serial number for all persons enumerated. Rule a-Column 3 (Name).-Enter first the chief resident membm' of the family, whether male or female, then the other members of the f.llllily and their resident servants, if any. If there be any ohjection made to giving the name of a feowle, write the word 'female' in this column filling up the rest of the columns for her as usual. If an infant has not yet been named, cnter the word 'infant'. You are not to insist upon any female giving her own or her husband's name. ,\Vhen you have entered ::til the persons in a house, you will leave one space blank before making the entries ior the next house. See the specimen schedule. llule 4-Column (Religion ).-Enter here the rl;1igion which each per;;on returns, as liindu, jJIusulman, Jain, Ch1'istian, Parsi. In the case of Christians the sect also should be entered below the religion. See rule 17. }lule 5.-Columrt 5 (Male or Female).- Enter here each person as either male 01' Female, even though you have written the word 'female' in column 3 a1 .. ready. Enter eunuchs as males, Rule G-Column 6 (11:larl'ied etc.).-Enter each perSall, whether infant child, or grown up, ;:lS either married, unmarried or widowed. Divorced persons should be entered as l.yidowed. See rule 17. Rule 7.-Column 7 (A,qe).-Enter the number of years each person has completed. For infant:;; less than one year old, enter the word 'infant'. H.ule S.-Column 8 (Castes, etc).- Entm' the caste of Hindus and Jains, the tribe of those who haye no castes, and the race of Christians, Buddhists, etc. Sce1'ule17. 'Rule 9-Col'll1nn 9 (Principal occ'l.tpation of actual workers).-Ellter the principal occupation or means of eivelihoocl of all persons who actually do work carryon business whethel° personally or by means of servantR, or who live on private property such as house·rent, pension, AtC. The column will be blank f01' dependents. See rule 17, Rule lO.-Column (Subsidiary occupation of actual u:od.;ers.)-Enter here any occupation which actual workers pursue in additior. to their principal OCCLl pation. If they have no such auditional occupation, enter in this column the word 'none'. The column will be blank fOl' dependents. See rule 17. Rule 11 .-Column 11 (JJ;leans of snbsistence oj dependellto).-For cbildrcm of whatever age~ and women who do not work 01' carryon business either person ally or by means of servants, enter the princ/pal occupation of the head of the family or of the person who supports thcm. The column will bc blank for actual workers. See rale 17. 24 Rule 12.-Column 12 (Birth-place).-Enter the district 01' :State iu which each person was born, and, if the person was not born in your province, add the name of the province to the district of birth. If the person was born ont of India enter the couutry, as Cllina, Afghanistan, Ceylon. The names of villages, tahsils?" etc .• are not to be given. Rule 13.-Col~t1nn 13 (Language).-Enter the language which mch per son returns as that which he ordinarily uses. Rule 14 Column (Literate or 1·7literate).-Entm' in this column against aU persons, of whatever age, whether they can or cannot botl~ read and write any language. Hule 15.--Column 15 (En[Jlisl.).-Enter in this column against all persons shown as literate whether they can or cannot bOlh read and write English. The column will be blank for those shown ill column 14 as illiterate. Rule 1G.-Column 16 (Infirmities).-If any pelson be blind of both eyes, or deaf and dumb from birth, or insane, or suffering from corrosive leprosy enter the name of the infirmity in this column.· Do not enter those who are blind of one eye only, or who have become Jeaf and dumb after birth, or who are suffering from white lerrosy only. Rule 17.-Colwnns 4,6,8,9, 10 and ll.-In filling up these columns you will be guided by the instructions you will receive from the supervisor, and you will ask such questions as he may order you to ask. A.-TIle first round.-(Preliminary Enumeration.) 1. Beginning froUl the 'x' of -..- 1901, you will visit every house in yonr block to which a separate numeL' has been affixed, in the order in which the houses arc entered in your block list, and fill up the columns in the schedule for every perwn residing in tho!:.'c houses in the manner prescribed above and as directed by your supervisor. 2. You must usc black ink, and write very clearly III the ClHll'Ucter you know best. 3. If directed to do so by your supervisor, yon will make a rough draft on plain paper, which you will not enter in.your book of schedules until it has been passed by the supervisor. 4. If the entry for any person in any of the columns of the scheuule be the same as that for the person entered on the line above, you must repeat the entry. You must not write the word "ditto" or make dots. ,j. You should point out to the supervisor entries about which you are in doubt, ancI receive instructions. You must have completed all the entries in yotii:' block by the * of >.'« 1901. B.-The secondl'oulJd.-(Final Enumeration.) 6. On the evening of the 1st March Ig01, at the time of lighting lamps you will take your book of schedules as already filled in and again visit every * lJ:\t~s to be fisetl by the l>ro"lin.cial Superlntcmionts. 25 house in your block in order. Before you start on your round you must se~ that you are yourself enumerated in the house where yon are stopping. 7. You must summon the chief mem LeI' of each family and read over to him one by one the entries made for hilS family in the schedule, asking him, as you read each name, whether the person is present in the house or not. You must also ask him particularly whether any fresh person" have come or any child has been born. You must strike out the entries for persons who are not present and fill up the form for any person now in the house who was not there when your first visit ,vas made, such as guests, infnnts newly born, and others. You are to consider as present all persons living in or taki"ng their meals from the house, even though any of them may be out fishing or watching in the fields or at a shop, etc., for the night. 8. The fresh entries mentioned in the last rule must be made on the blank pages at the end of your book. In each case you must enter the number of the house to which the fresh cnteries relate, writing under it the word 'continued.' 9. You must make no alteration ,vhatevel' in any entry against the name of any person unless you have to ~trike out the entries altog~ther, because he or she is no longer prCEent: When you strike out a person, you must draw the line completely through all the entries following that person's name, and not. merely through column 3. 10. You must usc red ink only for the entries and erasures made on the round of the 1 st March. 11. Whilst going on the second round, YOll must visit every bouse marked 'empty" in your book, to see ,vhether any person is then living there. 12. After vi.siting as above all the dwelling houses you must go to the dharmsala5, senlis, encampments and landing places where travellers rest for the night and enter :111 particulars in the schedule:; for the way-farers, boatmen, pil grims, and others you may fipd there, and strike out the entries already made against persons who are not then present. You should ascertain from the village watchmen wbether any rnembers of a wandering tribe have come to camp in your block. If so, you must go and enumerate them in the manner prescribed above. 13. If any house·holder in your btock has been given a separate schedule, you should collect it on the morning of the 2nd March, and, after seeing that the rules have been complied with ill filling up the columnH. you should .. titch it into your book, next to the last schedule filled up by you. 14. On the morning of the 2nd March, after your book has been inspected by the supervisor, you will prepare under hi.s directions the short abstract printed on the inside of the cover, and be will not take charge of your book until he has certified the total to be correct. 15. According to the Census Act. every person is legally bound to furnish you with such information as is necessary for filling up the schedule; but you are forbidden to ask for any information not required for the purposes of the census, asfor instance, the amount of any person's income. Any enumerator detected in extorting money on any pretext connected with the census renders himself liable to punishment under the Census Act or the Penal Code. 7 c. s. 26 34~ With regard to the Instructions to Enumeratiors recei'led from the Census Commis"ioner the following letter, No. 36 dated ~lodifica.tions proposed in B d tl ') ') d J I d·l dIe the Instrnotions to Ennmc- aro a 10 ...... n une 900, was a uresse to tIe om- rat~rs, n1issioner,' " NG. 36 OF 1900. HUZlTR CENSUS OFFICE. THE SUPERI~TENDENT OF CENSUS OPERATIONS, Baroda State. To. Tm; CENSUS COMMISSIONER FOR INDIA. Calcutta. Baroda, 22nd June 1900. SIR, I have the honour to invite your attention to the following remarks ope rules 11 and 12 of Instructions to Enumerators, II Procedure, and on the effect of the proposed addition to the rules for filling up column 14 in your letter No. 77 dated the 2nd instant. 2. Rule 11 as it is framed is incomplete in as much as it does not state what procedure the enumerator is to adopt if he finds the empty house to have been occupied on the Census night. Look ing to the class from which the enumerator is taken it is possible that the want of further explanation as to what he is then to do will lead to some confusion. In my instructions, I add that in a case like this, the enumerator is to take up a blank form at the end of his book, mention at the top the fact of the house being found occupied and fill up the form in detail, as if the house had been occupied abinitio, and strike off the previously written word " Empty" \vith red ink, and show on the said blank form in column 1 the number that was marked against" Empty". 3. Rule 12 implies that a preliminary enumeration is to be taken of Dharamsh:ihts, serais &c. But these buildings being not intended for permanent residence are only occupied temporarily by way farers and travellers, intending to haIt for a short time. A preli minary enumeration will subsequently require many changes; perhaps, in some cases, the cancelling of all previous entries and substituting new ones. It will be more convenient and easier to take their final Census only. 4.. The alteration in rule 12 can be made by removing the words cc and strike out the entries already made against persons who are not t!:lcn present". '05. The suggestion contained in your letter No. 77 dated the 2nd instant as regards column 14, is likely to lead to repetition tbroughout, because in a large majority of cases the second 2/ Ianguange known will be English; column 15 requires it to be noted afresh, if the person could both read and write English, I am afraid it would cause some confusion in the minds of the enu merators, when the same information they shall have to enter twice, and immediately in succession. Column 15 in fact is now rendered useless for any practical purpose. I am of opinion that column 15 should now bG removed, or exception be made for English for column 14. 6. There is a minor point in connection with these rules 14 and 15 which may be noted. ' Can' or C can not' may be turned to • can ~ and the column may be simply left bJank for those who 'can not'. The retention of the words" or can not " serves no useful purpose since the number of illiterates can be obtained by deducting from thl! total the number of literates. Their omission will facilitate the work of the enumerators, who will otherwise ha.ve to make entries in a very large per centage of names which will have to be deciphered for abstraction. 7. I await your early instructions on these points!' 35. In his letter No. 129 dated Simla the 3rd July 1900 the Commissioner Reply. replied as follows :- " Tur1ling DOW to the Superintendent's memorandum, I have the following observations to mal,e. ( i) I agree with the Superintendent. (ii) The buildings referred to usually have some permanent resi dents. There are two ways of dealing with them. ea) As in 1891, by restricting the preliminary enumeration to these permanent residents. This is implied by the word' residing' in Procedure rule I and would be made clear in the supplementary instructions to supervisor;;;. (b) In the manner suggested by the superintendent. I am quite prepared to leave the matter to his discretion. (iii) The suggestion contained in my letter of the 2nd June was made at the iUlitance of the Government of the N. \V. Pro viDces and Oudh, WllO is anxious to have a record of the persons knowing Urdu and Hindi respectively. There wilJ no doubt, as the Superintendent observes, be some repeti tion, but I am disposed to accept this in view of the advan tage for abstraction purposes of having English in a separate column. (iv) There is much force in the Superintendent's remarks but I may observe that it has hitherto been the practice to make It specific entry in the case of the illiterate in order to secure that the Enumerator shall inquire the point." 28 ( 3) I hope to visit Baroda during the rains and it will then give me much pleasure to discuss all pending questions with the Superintendent." It will appear that the Commissioner accepted only one of the suggestions and left the second to my discretion; but disapproved of the other two suggestions. But when he came to Baroda in August 1900, the third point was again discussed with him when he agreed that in filling up the column, (column 14), ' English • need not be mentioned- The fourth point ,vas dropped by me for reasons stated c in the Commissioner's letter quoted above. 2G. As the instructions received f!'Om the Census Commissioner were too short for the class of persons from which the enumerators Instructions amplified. were to be appointed, further instructions were drafted 'in this office. These instructions are embodied in section 38 of this Chapter. A perusal of these "will show at a glance that they were necessary for gui dance. If these explanatory additions had been reserved for the supervisors as suggested by the Commissioner, it would not have answered the purpose so well because these persons were appointed only for the final stage and so they could not have gone over all the books even if they had wished to do so. I had to make certain necessary modifictLtiol1s in those instructions, with the approval of the Census Commissioner at the conference held at the Residency on 19·8·1900 ( Vide Cktpter. VIII. ) They were not printed separately and issued to the enumerators, as on the last occasion, because it would have entailed additional expenditure an the State and trouble on the ennmerators. 33y judicious arrangement of matter and f'pace I was able to haye the complete set of instructions on the' cover' itself. 37. After ull these preliminari_es "were over the work of printing the schedules and the' cover' was undertaken. Ordinary Printing of the schedules. printing was allowed iustead of dry printing; on trial no special disadvantage was observ;lble for the latter method. In the result the iuk has neither percolated through nor spread over the paper. 38. The schedule and the instructions to ennmerators, which were finally Schedule and lnstrnctiolls adopted by this State arc given below:- to enllmel'ut0l'8. 29 ·s}puma'U I-t- ',18di1[ .10 PU!N I ~.... ,C[{'l:qo~ 'Q1.I!Q UlO.I] 8lntu Juap 'aullsuI I I '(qs~T2u:E[ al!.!A\. pUll Plld.I I>C";> UUO lIos.led .nIl J!) aliun.'i:luu[ IIS!I~u3: ..... - ·orU.Iar![!! .10 a~'lI.Ia~!'I I;! 'p[oqasuoq aq1 ((~ JO ucl)[ods AI!.mU!p.Io a.rhmihn:[ alII I~ [} °U.Ioq Instructions to Enumerators. T. Rules for filling up th,(J Sc!te(bde. Rule L-Colmnll ]. ( House numbor). Entel' the nUlllber of the house If it is empty, write" empty" hclow the number, find leave olle space relating to it blank. If you find a honse without a nnmber in which some one is living, you will report,to the Su pervisOl' for orders. Rule ::3.--Colullln 2. (Serial nnmbel') 'I'his column is not to be filled up. until the final record has been completed. But after it is 0\'01'. you should take bJ.ck the house-hold forms, stitch them with the book anel then entel' a serial numb.:r fot· all perso;)s enumeratel following the oeder of the number's on the houses. l1ulc 3.-Column 3, ( Name) EnteL' first the chief resident member of the family, whether male or female, then the other membet·;:; of the family and their resident servants, if any. If any objection is rnised to give the na,me oCa·' female, you will Hot insist upon it. but write the word' femalc ' in this column and show tho rebtionship in which sho stands to :1l1y member of the flmilyand fill up the rest of the columlls, for heL' as usual. If an infant has not yet been named, enter the word 'infant.' Y Oll arc not to insist I1pon any female gi\'ing her husband's name, but bis llame &llOulrl be ascertained if po,3sible ft'Om any relation ·ot hers. \Vhen you have ento1'8(1 all tiw persons in a house, YOll ·will leave one 'space blank beforo making tho ('ntriC's for tho next honse. See the specimen .schedule. Rule 4.-Columu·1. (Hcligion) enter here the religion whieh each person returns, as Hindu, ~Ins;tlll1:lll (Jlotlln[ls, Shaiklls and ~Ioles:1Jams should be regarded as Musalman ) Christian, Bndhist, .hin, Parsi &c. and then below it ,in paren tl:esis, en tel' th 0 sect tv h iell th e person professes to bel on g to. Nothing should be wi-itten if he has no sect or does not give it. Hule 5.-Column 5. (Malo Ot· femaJe). Enter hero each person as either: male or female, as the case may be, even though you have written the word , female' in column 3 alreacly. Enter eunuchs as males. Caro should be taken to show the sex of infants also. They should not be shown as girl, boy &c. bat should be shown as either male ur fenwle. Rule G.-Column G ( l\farried &c.). Enter each pel'CiOll of buth sexes, whether infant. child or grown up, ::s either, l1wrTied un11lw-ried ar n·idowed. Divorced persons should be entered as widowed. Persons whose nuptials have been celebrated, should alone be entered!1.s married; but those ,vho are simply betrothed should be reg:ll'ded ns unmm·ried. If a female, though unmarried, has , children, yOll will enter her as U/171wr/·ied. Enter cunnehs as well as pl'o;;titutcs as wlrna1Tied. Rule 7.-Column 'i . (Age). Enter the number of year.;; (~ach person returns as having completed, and not the cnrrent year of age. You will specially see that only the number of yelll'S a man bas eomplctcu is to be shown and not months and days above it. For in£1l1ts ]e,;s than one year old, enter the word • infant' but not the number of months or dnys of his nge. If people cannot tell 31 their age, you must remind them of 80me well knmvll event, c. g. famine: &c, and even still he cannot tell his agc, you will write down what you think it to be from his appearance. Rule S.-Column 8. ( C;l;;tes, Tl'ibes &e. ) Enter the caste of llil1chts and. .lains. the tribe of those who have no castes, alld the race of Christi:mr:., Budhists, &c. Rule O.-Colnmn 9. (Principal oceupation of actual workers). Ent.er the p~·incipal occupation or means of livelihood of all persolls who 'actnalhy do work or carryon business, whether personally or by means of serV;ults, or who live on privf\te property such as house-rent,> p<;)llsion &c. Tho column will be blank for dependents, hut for females, children or others, having independent income, cute]" the occupation from which such income is Jeri,red. Rule 10.-Column 10 (Subsidiary occupation of actual IYorkcrs)Entet· herc any other occupation which actual workers pursue in addir,ion to their principal occupation. If they h:1VC no such auditional occupatioll, cnter JIl this column the word 'nonc'. The colulllIl will be blank fQ[' dependcnts. Hule ll.-Column 11. (Nleans of subsistence of dcpendents). For children women anu others who do not work or carryon busincss either rerwnally or by means of scryants 01' who own no private propcrLy, enter the principal occnpation of the head of the fi:tmily or of the person who I>upports thUll. The column ,,,ill be blank for actual workers. Hule l2.-Column 12 (Birth place). Enter the District oC this State fu!.' him who is shown to have been born in it. If a person was born outside this State, add the Inme of the province to the di3trict or State of his birth If the person was born ont of India, enter the llame of tl18 conntry lvlJel'C be was bonl e. g. China, Afganistall, Ceylon. The names of villages, l\tlukas &c, are not to be gil,cn- Rulo 13.-Colnmn 13-( Language) Entel' the In,ngllag{' which cael] perSall returns as that \vhich he ordinarily usc:;. Rule 14.-CoIUlnn 14 (Literate or illitemte) Enter in tllis colu llln again;;t all persons, of whatever age whether they can or cannot both read and wrTte any languHge. Those who can both read and write nlly Janguage [Ire to be COIl. sidered as literates and those who cannot both read or write any language as ' illiterates.' In the case of literates enter all the languages except Englisll which they can both read and write, putting :first the bnguagc which the} know best. Rl!le 15.--Colull111 Ei (Ellglish) Entel" ill this column agaillfo;t all persons shown as literates whether they can both read and write ]~nglish. The column, will be blank for those shown as jJliterates f1S \\"cll [IS knowilJo' non-En.!:dj"h(...' 'J persons. Rule 16.-Column IG ( Infirmities )-If any person be bliuu of both eyES or deaf and dumb from birth, or insane, or sufFering from cOlTosiyc leprosy, 82 enter the nume of the infirmity. in this column but do not enter those who are hlind of one eye only, or \l·ho have become deaf and dumb after birth or who are suffering from white leprosy only. Instructions to' Enumerators. IT.-P'l'ocedu1'e. A.-Tho first round.~( Preliminary Enumerll tioll .•) 1. Beginning from the 15th of January 1901, you will visit every house in your block to which n. separate number has been affixed, in the order in which the houses are entered in yonr block.li!"t, :md fill 11p the columns in the Schedule for every person residing in those honses in the manner prescribed above and as directed by YDur Supel'vi:;or. 2. You must use black ink, und write the pnrticulars very clearly in the Gujarati character. ::I. If directed to do so by yOUl' 8uperyisor you will make :1 rOi.lgh draft on plain paper as a sample, and you will 119t begin to record entries in your book of schedules until the sample has been approved 1y the Supervisor. 4, If the entry fur flny pcrsol1 in any of the columns of the schedule be the flume as that for the person entered on the line above, ;you must repeat the entry. You must not write the word" ditto" 01' make dots. 5. You f:;hould POillt out to the supervisor entries about which you are in doubt, and receive his iustructions. You must have completed all the entries relating to all the houses in your block by the 15th of Februal'Y 190 I. B.-The 8ec011l.1 rounc1.-( Finul Enumeration. ) G. On the evening of the] st March 1901 at the time of lighting Jamps you will take your book of schedules us already filled in, und again visit every house in your block in order. Before yon start all your round you must see that yon are yourself enumerated in the hOllse where you are stopping. 7. You must snmmon the chief member of each family and read over to him one by one the entries made for his fil.rnily in the schedule, asking him, as you read each name, whether the person is present in the honse or not. You must also ask him particularly whether any fresh persons have come or any child has been born. You must strike out the entries for persons who are not prescnt and fill up the form in red ink for any person now in the house who was not there when your first visit was made, such as guests, infants ncwly born and others. Y Oil are to consider as present all persons living in or taking their meals from the house. who may be ont for watchir1g in the fields or carryon any outdoor occu pation, duty or pleasure. Those who may have gone out to their shops lmcl are to be enumemted there need not be \Hitten here. S. The fresh cntri'es mentioned in the last rule mLlst., if there be 110 space iu tbe schedule, be made on the blank pagey<; at the cllll of your book, writing at the top the number of the honse to which the fresh entries reI ute, writing under .it the word" continned." '33 9. ' You must make no alterations 'whatever in any entry agai9st the name of auy person unle!'s you have to strike out the entries altogether, because he or she is no longer present. 'Vhen you strikp. out a person" you mnst draw the line completely through all the entries following that person's name and not merely through column 3 •. 10: You must use red ink only for the entl"ies mld erasures made on the round of the 1st March. . 11. ,\Vhilst going on the second round, you must visit every house marked ., empty" in your buok, to see whether any person is then living there, and if so you must fill up all the entries regarding him on a blank page following that of the last house in you'r book, striking out the number on the page where the .hollse is shown as empty and writing the ",vord occupied ngainst the nnmber of the house in the remark columa of the block-list. 12_ After visiting; as above, all the dwelling houses you must go to the Dharmshitlis, Serl\is, Encampments and Landing places in your block, where travel lers rest for the night, and enter all the particulars in the schedllles for the way farers, boatmen, pilgrims, and others you may find there. Y all should al'!certain from the village watchmen whether allY members of a wnndel'in5" tribe have come to citmp in your block. 1 f so, you must go and enumerate them in the manner prescribed above, 13. If any householder ill your block has been given a separate schedule you should collect it on the morning of the 2nd March, and after seeing that the rules have been complied with in filling up the columns, you should stitch it into your book, next to the last schedule filled up by you. 14. On the morning of the 2nd March after your book has been inspected by the Supervisor, YOIl will prepare under his directions the short abstract printed on the inside of the cover, and he will not take charge of your book until he has certified the total to be correct. 15. According to the Proclamn.tion every person is legally bound to fur nish you with such information as is necessary for filling np the schedule, but you are forbidden to ask for any information not required for the purposes of th,e Census, as for instance, the amount of any person'::; income. Any enumerator detected in extorting money on any pretext connected ,vith the Censu::;, rende"rs himself liable to punishment under the Census BuIes or the Penal Code. Instru.ctions to enume1·at07'S. IlL-Supplementary. 1. No enumerator should record entries in his book before fnIly mastering the instrLlcticms given here for filling in the columns mentioned below ;-- Column 3. (1) The names of all persons must 1e entered. who may be living in the house even though then absent, provided they are to be back on the 1st of Mal'ch 1901, otherwise their 113 me::; should not be entered. Enter also visitors who are staying oyer the 1st March. Column 4. ( 2 ). 'Vhile entering religion yon will enter one of the following; probably it will not be any other. C R S a 34 (1) Hindu, (2) Musalman, (3) Parai, ( 4 ) Christian, ( 5 ) Animistic, ( 6 ) Sikh, ( 7 ) Budhist, ( 8 ) .J ew, and ( 9 ) J aiu ( 3). Non-Hindu Forest tribes are to be e!!tered as Animistics. ( 4). If any person claims to belong to the Arya or Brahma· Samnj he should be shown as such. (5). 'While entering sects you will show the principal sect :md the Suh ,divisions of those sects e_ g. - (a) For the Hindu religion ( 1 ) Shaiva, ( ~ ) Vaishnav, (3)Shaktn.: But in case of the Vaishnavs show also whether they are the followers of VallabhacharYit, H.. vnanuj or S w~i.I11.i- ~ an\.yen; thus Vaishnav-Vallabhticluirya; Vaishnav:-Swfl.mi-Nadyen_ (b) For the Musalman religion - ( 1 ) Shilt and ( 2 ) Snnni. ( c) For the Jain religion - ( 1 ) Shwetambari and ( 2 ) Digamba.ri. ( d) For the Farsi religion - ( 1 ) Shehenshahi and ( 2 ) Kadmi. ( e) For the Christians - "\Yh::ttevel' they return. ( 6) While entering the race of Christians show also whether they are I~uropeans, Native Christians or Eurasians. Column 9. ( 7) Persons who get their livelihood from actual workers are to be looked upon as dependents e. g. females, children &c., but a Gum:l.sM of a merchant -or a cook or a sepoy are not to be considered as dependents, because they main tain themseh'es by actual work; similarly those who rnay be obtaining their li\'e lihood either as charity or w:1ges are not to be entered as dependents.; such persons should be considered as actnal. workers according to thp. na.ture o~ the work they do. ( 8) The tcrm "service" ie very common, therefore, the nature of the service rendered should be shown; thus when a person returns service as his occupation you should show of wh::tt particubr kind of the following his serVlce IS. ( a) Government service. ( 1) Service of this State. ( 2) 8ervice of the British Government. ( 3) Service of other Native States. ( b) Local or :W:unicipal Service. ( c) Railway Service. ( d) Village Service. ( e) Sen-ice of private individuals. After showing :1I1y of the five kind" mentioned above, YOI1 should show the branch in which he serves, his rank, as well as the nature of his work. vVith respect to ( e) you should show whose service and what service he is doing. ( 9) In case of traders show the nature of the goods each is selling. (10) If agricultural labour is returned, you should show it; but labour other than that is used in a very general sense; therefore you should show the • 35 distinct nature of the lahour done and distinguish between earth - workers, labour';" €rs in mines stating the substance mined such as coal, stone, gold &c., and 'operations in Mills or Factories stating the kind of Mill or Factory. ( 11) When occupation of writing is returned you should show the exact nature of the work done. ( 12) In case of mercantile business, the exact nature of the merchant's dealings must be shown. (" 13) 'Vomen and childr.en w'ho work at any occupation, of whatever kind~ must be entered in this coluun, whether they earn any wages or not. ( 14) If a person himself makes the articles he sells. he must be shown as both' maker' and' dealer' of those articles. (15) In case of persons who live on alms, the exact nature of their calling should be shown i. e. whether he is a religious mendicant, or a vagrant or ot4er ,wise depends on others for subsistence. (16) ::3how pensioners as civil or military as the case may be. (17) In case of Gum:tstaship you should show the profession of the master whose gumltsbi he is and the nature of the work done by him as>that gumri.sM. (is) Show persons who live on the ront of lands or buildings in towns as landlords; hut mortgagees are not to be so entered; they should be classed as shown in the rule 19 (below). (19) Show persons who live on money lent on interest or on stock~, bonds or other securities, as Capitalists. (20) In the case of agriculture distinguish (a) Rent-receivers. (b) Actual cultivators including sharers. (c) Field-labonrers separating those who work by the day from those who work by the job. (d) Show gardeners and growers of special products such as betel, pepper, cardamom or betel-leaves &c, separately. (21) If a man cannot show which of the t,vo occupations he is foliowing. which is his principal occupation and which is his subsidiary one, that on which he spends the most time should be returned as his principa.l and the other his subsidiary occupation. Column 10. (22) If a man has several subsidiary occupations enter only that on which. he spends the most time. Column II. (23) In the case of a joint (tmily, several members of which earn money ·enter the principal occupation of the eldest. (24) Domestic servants are not to be classed as dependents, hut as actual workers. Column 14. (25) In case of literates, knowing- more than one hmgqage, all the languages are to be shown; If English be one d them, it is not to be shown in this eo~umn because it is to be enterred in the 15th column. 36 Column 15. (26) This column is to be filled only for those literates who can both read and write English; it is to be blank for illiterates as well as for those literates who cannot both read and write English. CHAPTER VI· Bouse DeJined. After finishing the work of printing the schedules, a second batch tlf circulars was issued, as (Iuite sufficient time had elapsed Further circulars. for cflrying out the instructions embodied in the first batch. 40. On June 18th 1900, circular No.9 was i"sued defining a house for Census purposes. Trnn~lation:- Honse defined. " \Vhereas it is expedient to lay down the definition of a llOuse,_ this circular is issued. Dqinition. " 'House' is the dwelling place of one or more families having a separate entrance, whether that entrance be from a public road, compound, corridor, balcony, gallery or otherwi"e. " From this definition it will be c1early understood as to what should be called a house for Census purposes. However, the following illustrations are given for fuller instrnctions. Illustratians• •, 1 A building has doors on many sides ;vhich may be opening on either a public road, balcony, gallery, or on some open space, even if the inmates of the house use all the doors or some of them according to their convenience; the building is still to be consi dered one house, since those separate doors are not independent entrances for independent families. "2 In the case of a ch{~ll or storey comprising different tenements, each having a sepatate entrance, each of such tenements is to be considered as a separate house. "3 :But if there are more rooms than one in the occupancy of one fnmi)y alone :ill such rooms taken together lIlust be looked upon as one house. ,; 4 Sen-ants' g uarters situated in the compound of ft Bungalow shourd be regarded as separate houses, and if servants are residing ill sepnrate rooms of a com pact Cb{tll, each of such rooms is to be considered as a separate house • .,:> Police lines and barracks consisting of seyeral tenements, each having a separate and independent entrance are to be regarded as consisting of so many houses; Slllce each room hns independent communicatiul1 with either a pU"\.JIic road or court-yard. 3'7 "6 A tent or pavillion or any other similar contrivance made for the convenience of living should also be considered as a house. " The officers concerned will act on the lines indicated above." The present definition differs from that adopted in 1891 in most important points; that adopted in the year 1891 was as follows:- , A house is to be considered as comprising the space within the external and party ,valls of each building or tenement, having a separate and independent communication with a road, either common to the public, or to all the inhabitants of the building of which the tenement forms a part.' The test here required for calling a building,-a homie,-was its communi cation with the road; whereas in the present uefinition, the test is an indtlpendent entrance either from a road, street, componnd, balcony &c. The adoption of the first definition had led to the rooms of a chawl as well as the rooms in the compound of a bungalow to be sub-numbered, at the instance of 'the Census Commissioner. The present definition avoids aJI this and calls any building a house, which is used as such by the people. After the present definition was promul gated as said above by circular, a letter No. 174 dl1ted 24th July 1901 was received from the Census Commissioner with an extract defining a house. It is -as follows:- " A dwelling house, for Census purposes, is a place in which, at the time of the Census, one or more persons regularly sleep. It need not he a house in the usual sense of the word, hut may he a room in a factory, store, or office-building, a loft over a stable, a canal boat, tent, or a wigwam. A building like a tenement or apartment house, if it has only one front door, counts as only one dwelling house, no matter how many persons or families live in it. But one building, with a partition vw,ll through it and a front door for each of the two parts, counts as twa dwelling-houses. So in a block of houses there are as many dwelling-houses as front doors. An exception to this general rule is often found in cities where an apartment house has two separate front doors, but eacb door leads to a different floor of the same house. In such cases the separate front '::'oors are to be ignored and the house reported as a single dwelling, which it is ir: fact." But as my definition had already been made public, and as it meant the same, it waS not thought necessary to make any changes in it. The Census ·Oommissioner had also assented to its retention at the Conference held at Baroda.. 41. The next day, circular No. 10 waS issued defining certain CensLls . terms and expressions. Translation:- Censlls deSIgnations of officials. 38 "·With a yiew to secure uniformity of interpretations of the nomenclaturES adopted fell' the units of different areas, the officers in charge of them, and the forms prescribed for the purposes of Census, this circular is issued. 1 Census Superintendent means the officer who is entrusted Census Sllperilltendent. with the general superintendence of Censns operations for this State. 2 Charge Superintendent means the officer entrusted with the general superintendence of Census Charge Sllperintendcnt. work of a charge as defined in article 11 below. In thG absence of a special order the Yahiwatdars or Mahalkaris in charge of Talukas and Peta Mahals, respecth'ely, should be regu!'ded as Charge Superintendents. 3. Supen-isot· means the officer in executive charge of a circle as defined in article 10 below. Naeb Supervisor. Fouzdars, Tajvijdars und similar other Goyermnent officials are regarded as fit for the said purpose. 4. Enumerator means the person in charge of a Census Block as defined in article 9 below. For Enumer[ttor. rural areas, village accountants, Mukhis ( Police Patels ), Ughnl.tdirs (Revenue PateIs), or other Government officials are appointed as enumerators in the State and us many officials as could be procured in all towns for the work of enumeration. 5. Houi5e numbering is the process of painting numbers on all houses likely to be inhabited on the Hom'e numbering. night· of the Final enumeration. The succession of numbers represents the order in which each· h011se will be visited by the enu merator of the Block in which it is situated. G. Preliminary enumeration is the process of filling up the various columns in the schedule for Preliminary Enllmera all persons residing in a Block at the tion. time when the enumerations are mnde in the beginning. In rural areas, this is done from three weeks to a month before the Final Enumeration; in tow"ns the interval is shorter. 7. The Final Enumeration or the Census is the process of checking and correcting if necessary Final EllUlllcrntion or the record of the preliminary enu- the Oensns. meratlOn. so as to correspond wit· h the state of facts actually existing on the Census night. 39 8- The Provisional Total shows the number of occupied houses and of males and females. It is Provisional Total. based upon the totals worked out by the enumerator for each Block on the morning after the final enumeration. 9. The Block is the smallest Census unit, containing up to 60 houses in charge of an enumerator. Block. It presents the number of houses for which the enumerator can reasonably be expected to [complete the final enumeration between about ';' P. M. and midnight on the 1st March 1901. Experience shows that the ayerage enumerator can deal with about GO houses if they are tolerably close together; if they are scattered, the number in. the Block must be reduced. 10. The circle is a compact g-roup of from 10 to 15 blocks or about 500 bouses, under a Super- Oimlc. ,-isor who is responsible for the work of all the enumer::ttors in his circle_ The size of a Oircle is determined by the number of villages for which the Supervisor can throughly check the· preliminary enumeration during the last week or ten days before the final enumeration. 11. The charge is a €!roup of circles under a charge Superin endent whot exercises geneml super- Charge. 'Vision over the Census Operations, and tests as large a proportion as possible of the work of his subordinates. A charge usually corresponds with some recognised administra tive division, such as a Taluka or a Sub-Taluka. 12. The General schedule is a pnge of the form on which the enumeration of the general popula- General schedule. tion is recorded. A schedule leaf of Royal paper comprises two sche dules, one on each side of the leaf; a schedule leaf of Double Royal paper comprises four schedules. 13. The R01.tse-hold scludule is a schedule intended to be filled up by the house·holder himself ins- House-hold schedule. tead of by the enumerator of the Block. As the instructions are printed on the back of the form, a leaf of Royal paper comprises only one nnd fI, leaf o£ Double-Royal two house-hold schedules.· 14. The specimen schedule is a scheduLe on which typical entries are printed to illustrate the Specimen schedule. mode of enumeration. One such sche- dule is pl·inted on page 3 of the cover of the enumeration book and another on the back of the 10 c· s. 40 house-hold schedule for cdueated and competent respect_ able gentlemen. The entries in the former vary in different localities at the discretion of the Census Superin tendent. 15. The Enumerator's Abstract is a short summary glVlllg the number of houses. and of resi- Enumerator's Abstract. dents, male and female, in each Block_ It is printed on the third page of the cover, so that it can be removed and fileg separately when it has been tested and found correct. 16. The Block-list is a list giving the Census number of each house in the order iu which it will Block-list. be visited by the enumerator, a des- cription of the house and the names of the heads of the families which it contains. 17. The coyer is peinted on brown cartridge paper and consist; of four pages. On the first page Cover. provision is made for recording the progress of operations upto and including the making of the provisional totals. The second page contains the instructions to the enumerators. On the tl1ird page are printed the specimen schedule illu strating the general schedule and the enumerator's abstract; and the fourth page contains particulars relating to the process: of abstraction. 18. The enumeration Book consists of:- (a) The cover. (b) As many pages of the general schedule as there are houses in the Block. (0) As many pages of the block list as are necessary at the rate of two pagcs pcr twenty five houses. Each Block has a separate enumeration-book. The books should be sewn locally in such a way that at the close of the enumeration, the enumerat or may be able to undo the sewing and bind in any house-hold schedules that he may have collect ed in his Block. 19. The general village Register called in 1891 Mahalwar Register (sub-divisional Register) shows for a definite administrative unit such as a Mahal:- (a) In case of rural areas. the number of villages and hamlets, the number of houses, the number of blocks into which the village is divided, the Census Circle and charge of which it forms part, and the names of the Supervisor :'lnd charge Superin tendent. 41 (b) In the case of towns, the ward, moholl{\ or quarter takes the place of the village. 20. The Circle List shows for each Census·circle, the villages which it contains, the blocks into Circle List. which each village is divided, the number of houses in each block, the names of the enumerators, and the name of the Circle Supervisor. In the case of Towns, a ward, moholhl. or quarter will usually contain several circles and these circles will be divided according to rnoholl:is, khaclkis, or other convenient units which will ~ake the place of vil lages in the Circle List. 21. The Circle summary iR a compilation for the ~ircle of the totals shown in the enumerator's Circle Summary. abstract. 22. The Charge Summary is a comrilatlon for the charge Charge Summary. of the totals shown in the circle summary. 23. Where the term has been defined by law, the f'tatutory definition should be adopted, unless Village. there are very strong reasons to the contrary. 24. House means a building to which a separate number has Honse. been affixed for Census purposes. This definition has been more fully explained separately. Dated the 19th June 1900 . ., According to the definition therein given, every Mahal or Peta·.:l\1:ahal was termed a charge, every Vahivatclar or l\iahalkari was appointed charge Super intendent, every Naeb Fouzdar a Supervisor for his Thana, and every TaJati was appointed an Enumerator for his village, by circular No. 11. CHAPTER VII· Experimental abstraction according to the method lJroposed by tIle Census Commissiollel'. 41. Simultaneously with the work mentioned m the Freceding Chapter, the new system of abstraction, [>s proposed by the Census iUr. l{isley's letter. Commissioner, was taken into consideration. Mr Risley in his notes 00 Abstraction says, "In the coming Census, there fore, I propose to substitute for the system of abstraction by strokes or tieks the method of Abstraction by slips which was succeilsfully used by Professor Von May!', in the Bavarian Census of 1871,and which appears to be admirably adapted for use in India. I :un indebted to the Professor for the Beport from which I have compiled a brief account of the working of the system in Bavaria." 42 ., For every perE>on enumerated all the particulars recorded in the schedule were extracted on a separate slip. The slips were of eight different colors indicating sex and civil condition-as single, married, widowed or divorced, and were filled up in t_he following manner. Specimen slip. Explanation of Entries. G. 11 ••• Seriaillumber of village, block and schedule. v Symbol for head of family. ..J Symbol for born in the place where enumerated. z9 Age. K Roman CatllOlie. Badereibesitzer. S Proprietor of bathing Establishment Independent. B Bavarian subiect, Symbol denoting that the person enumerated is the l\f }~: 1lead of a house-hold of 6 persons-2 males and } 4 females. G " The slips were arranged in the order of the schedules and tied into bundles by villages_ They were then sorted (also by villages) into heaps corresponding to the Columns of the final Tables which were to be filled up. The first sorting gave the popuht tion by sex, religion and nationality, thus :- Bavarian subjects. Foreigners. ,--____L ____ --, ,----_...... _----., Male. Female. Male. Female . Catholic ...... ] Catholic ••• Protestant. ... J Protestan t Hcformed ... ···1- Reformed ... .··1 Jewish ••• ···1_1 Jewish ···1 I " The slips in the Bavarian heaps were first counted and the results entered in a table. Then the slips relating to foreigners were thrown together with those relating to Bavarian subjects, so as to give the entire population arrangea by religion and, sex. Each _ heap was again counted and the total entered in a table. " The slips were used successively in the ma!mer described for all the tables compiled from the schedules." ·43 " The French Census of 1891 was taken by means of" bulletins in di'iJidtuls measuring 19 centimeters by 25 and counting the following entries:-Name, sex, age, birth-place, nationality, civil condition, number of children Ii 'ling, profession, residence. For the purposes of Abstraction theBe were dealt with like t.he Bavarian slips and sort.ed into heaps according to the main tables. The details of the system are stated in paragraph 12 (page ]Z ) below." " It will be observed that t;he Bavarian system, while employing colour to denote sex combined with civil condition, does not vary the sha,pe of the slip so as to express any other general attribute, such as religion, literflcy, or illiteracy. I propose to modify the system in three particulars. (1) by using colour to indicate religion, (2) by taking shape to express sex and civil condition, (3) by filling up for each individual two slips instead o£ one." " The selection of colour will of course be determined by the price of the pa,per; the cheapest paper of a suitable kind being used fur Hindus, as the most numerous religion; the next cheapest fat' Mahomedans and so on. The number of colours that can be used will depelld on the llumber the a vemge abstractor can be got to mnnipubte wit.h accuracy. Probably five will be sufficient. Scx and civil condition might be denoted thus:- il1ale. Female. Married .•• Unmarried. Widmved. 11 c. s. 44 "A still simpler arrangemenfwould be to cut cff the right hand bottom corner for the unmarried of either sex: and the left hand bottom corner for widowed e. g. .J.Vale. Female . Unmarried ••• _) I) Widowed ~.~_ [J e, This would save some trouble an.]. expense in the cutting, but the shapes would be less distinctive, and there would be a greater danger of the Abstractor taking up the wrong slip when com~ mencing to make entries. " Each slip denotes religion by its colour and sex and civil condition by its shape, consequently these data need not be written down. Assuming for the present that the draft tables annexed to thi s note are accepted as the final tables, and that sect is to be recorded, the abstractor would first carefully observe the religion, sex and civil condition of the person to be abstracted, and would select two slips accordingly. He would then enter on the first of these, sect, age, caste, literacy (by language in which literate), Eng.. 1ish, infirmity; and on the second-caste, principal occupation, subsidiary occupation, dependency (by oocupation on which dependent), birth-place and language ordinarily used. II It is essential that the entries should be made in the above order . • e The first slip would furnish the data for tables YI, VII, VIII, IX XII, XII A, XIII, XIV, XVII, and X VIII; and the second for tables X, XI, XV, XVI. The object of introducing a second slip is to enable the caste and occupation tables to be started concurrently with the others and to be dealt with by a special staff of tn bulators." 4 In continuation of this note on Abstraction, a letter No. 1'72 dated 24th Further proposals about July 1900, vms received wherein the Commissioner bays the shape and size of the " that serious difficulties have been felt in cutting slips slips from the Oensus Oommissioner. into the shapes suggested in paragraph of the note. It appears thRt special dies would have to be made, and that these would be costly, troublesome to work and liable to break. After consult~ illg Mr. Donaldson, Chairman of the Simla Municipality, and Mr. James, Superin teudent of the Government Branch Press, lin the mechanical questions involved, I propose to substitute rectangular slips for those shown in the note. Specimens 45· of two sorts of these are annexed, marked A and B. Type A. was advised by me; type B is suggested by Mr. James on the ground that my sizes are not sufficient ly distinctive, and would tend to confuse abstractors. " The size of the proposed slips is given below:- A. Type. B. Type. Married 6t" X 2 !I;" 6~" X 2k" Male Unmarried 5!- X 2! 1% X 2i IWidowed 4i X 2! 3 X 2~ Married 6t" X 21/' F ernale Unmarried 51 X 2t IWidowed 4.g. X 2! The sample figures of the slips A and B are as sholVn below:- Male. Female. (.---1 Married. I A I AI pnmarried. ~ ~ I j I Widowed. I I I I l l 4.6 f r Married. I .----, 1----- I B -« B -< Unmarried. I. I t, , vVidowed. I I I l l, ____." Such was the Scheme of Abstraction, as suggested by Mr. Risley. 4~. I fouud the shapes proposed rather inconvenient and misleading; and hence I made the following changes in the shape and size Mudificatiun in the shape of the slips adopted for the purposes of experimental abo &c., of the slips. straction. The first change was made in the of size of the slips, i. e. slips for the males were longer by about 1 inch than those for the females. The second change was in the shapes; i. e. the whole slips were made to indicate the married. the right hand upper corner cut off or one corner cut off, the unmarried, and the right-hand upper :lnd lower corners cut off or two corners cut oft~ the widowed of both sexes. They are as shown below:- Male. Female. Married. -, -\ Unmarried. I I Widowed. I ) 47 This plan appeared to me to be simpler and at the same time so distinctive, as not likely to lead the abstractors into an error. The religions were denoted by the colours of the g]jps. After the slips were thus got ready, four clerks from my office were asked to post the entries on the slips from sample enumeration books, filled up as test· books. These posters were able to post 150 slips in the first hour, and in a working day of 6 hours they could post from 700 to 800. After these slips were ready, the same clerks who had posted the slips were asked to sort them, according to the methods proposed by Mr. Risley. After. thus seeing how this new system worked practically, I decided to adopt the slip.system ill place of the tick-system of previous Censuses, as being more advantageous in every way. Mr. Risley ap. proved of the modifications proposed, when the samples were shown and explained to him. CHAPTER VIII. Oensus Commissioner's visit to Baroda. 1. Intimation was gi,-en to this office to the effect that Mr. Risley, CeJlsu~ Commissioner, was coming to yisit Baroda in the follow. Iutimation of Mr. H. H. Risley's intended arrival ing terms:- llere. " Ko. 14271 of 1900. To. THE MINISTER OF TIm BARODA STATE. Baroda. Dated Baroda, 2nd Aupust 1900. SIll, I aID desired to inform you that Mr. H. H. Risley,. the Census Commissionee for India. will yisit Baroda from 18th to 21 st Instant, and desires that the officials in charO'e I:> of the Census work for the State be asked to meet him to explain what is being done by them in reference to the forthcoming Census and discuss all details in connection with the work. I h::we &c., (sa,) H. F. CARNEGY. Captain. 1st Assistant to the Resident at Baroda. 12 c. s. 48 Baroda 17th Augusl1900. DEWA~ BAHADuR) SHRINIVAS RAGHAVIYANGAR. C. I. E., &c, &c. &c. l\fy ... DEAR:SIR, Mr. Risley C. S. 1. Census Commissioner, will reac~ Baroda at 9-50 p. M. on Saturday Further intimation as re- the 18th Instant and will stay at the gards the same. Residency. As be bas bad to re· duce bis stay bere he would like to see the Darbar Census Officials on the 19th Instant at the Residency between 11 A. M. and 4 P. ~I. x x x x Your Sincerely. (Sd.) C. W. RAVENSHA·W. 2. The following papers were prepared for submission to bim: List of papers to be sub- (a) Report of the work done, mitted to the Censlls Com- 'missioner. (b) Translations of circulars issued by the Department. (0) Translations of Instructions to Enumerators, Super visors &c.~ (d) A note on the result of the experimental working of the new system of Abstraction, (e) A note of tbe changes proposed to be adopted in this State, U) Questions for discussion. 3. The questions proposed for discussion were us follows :- Questions for discllssion. (a) 'What occupation should be shown against persons who are temporarily out of employ either on account of suspension or retirement, without the question of pension being settled? Proposed that the occupation which he followed before suspension or retirement should be shown. (6) The suggestion contained in the Census Commissioner's letter No. 89, about enumerating in the house those who may have casually gone out, has been adopted; but it makes no provision for persons who are out for the night other wise than on business or duty, namely on pleasure. Pro posed that the addition of the word" ou pleasure" after duty would obviate this difficulty. (c) Several suggestions from the Census Commissioner have been communicated in letters Nos. 125, 126, 89, 77, 58, for certain alterations in the enumeration book as first proposed. But two' of them have not been embodied in the revised 49 book. A part of the suggestion conveyed in 126 is not embodied in the new' book viz." Abstract despatched to the Charge Superintendent" and the suggestion conveyed in 58 about sects being substituted for religion. It was decided to introduce these changes. (cl) The suggestions proposed by us and sent to the Commis sioner should be brought to his notice ( Memos Nos. 39,21). A (r:) If the occupation of the member of a joint family is entered in column II as proposed in the draft Census Procedure Code, the result would not be accurate; because it; frequent ly may not happen that the dependents can be said to de pend for their sustenance on the eldest brother who perhaps earns Rs. 10 a month, while his younger brother may be earning Us. 500 and supporting the whole family. There fore it was suggested that the words" the chief member of the family," be added. (/) The 'word' lards in line 33 on page 6, Chapter X of the Draft Census Procedure Code means lands in a town, and not out side it; fot', otherwise, there would be no distinction between capitalists ::1l1cl rent receivers., It was, therefore proposed that it may be stated clearly that the lands were such as were in towns. Again, the instruction was inten ded to covel' owners and lessees only, (for otherwise there would be no di&ti1.1ction between land-lords and capitalists) and not mortgagees with possession. It was proposed that these should be distingui;;hed. (g) It was proposed that the authorities in charge of Railways rnnning in this State shOUld be asked to supply Provincial totals to our office direct in good time in order that they may be te1egraphed to the Commissioner without any undue delay; it was also enquired whether this office was to receive the extract mentioned in para 5 of the Chapter IX from the Railway authorities. (h) It was proposed to omit the following from the Preliminary Enumeration:- (a) Dharmashalas, Serais, Camping grounds, Landing places &c., (b) Gentlemen who were supplied private schedules, (c) Officers and their staff on circuit, (d) Travellers and "my·farers going through the limits of a. Taluka, ( e } Street beggars. ( i ) The definition of a house, as proposed by the Commissioner was not adopted by us, because it came after ours was pub lished, and because its adoption would not require any alter- 50 utiOll in the definition finally settled by us. (vide circular No.9, given above.) (j) It was proposed to ask the house-hold and private schedule holders not to fill . in column 2 of the forms given to them and at the same time to ask the enumerators to fill in column 2 of all the forms with them, as well as column 2 of the bouk, serial1y according to the number of the houses. (1.;) It was mentiolled that this State was not in a position to comply this year with the re(luest contained in the Commis sioner's letter No. li6 (Ethnography). (l) It was to be settled if the Commissioner was to select the castes for tables IX, XII·A. and XIV Or whether it was left to our discretion. (m) 1Yhy were there two columns for Provincial Vernaculars in tables VIII and IX. These tables also contained one more column for 'others'? It was suggested that these two tables might be It little misleading, in as much as the totals will not tally, either with the Provisional total or crosswise with other tables; because, a person knowing more than one language wm be entel'ed ill more than one column. (n) The Draft Censlls Pl"0cedure Code had made no p;-ovision for the enuIT-eration of travellers by road. (0) In rose a house-holder supplied with a [m'm (private), has either wilfully Ot· negligently f[tiled to fill it up, it would be necessary to hft Vf! it filled up; but that could not be done before the 2nd of March. (p) A suggestion ,,,as made to print on the back of the cover, a statement of books and loose forms supplied to the Enu merators in the subjoined form:- I aJ Signature of. Date of. .<=: "0 ..... [J~ "-' .-d c1J I E OJ :::: .s w :::: . rn m ;::: 00 . 51 4. The Census Commissioner, came to B:troda on 18th August at 10 r. M. The next day the Censns Superintendent and his assist Meeting at the ResilIency ant and the head clerk went to the Residency for the inter VIe\y. 5. The first poi n t taken u l-' was the note on the resul t of experimental Abstraction and on the changes proposed with re_ Experimental Abstrac· spect to it. MI'. Ri .. ley was pleased with it and approved tion. of the modifications and took away with him sampler:! 'Of our slips. The modifications that were proposed by me in the new system of Abstraction, have been shown in Chaptel' VII. The one thing that is not mentioned there, is my proposal to apply the process of sym mptrical representation, to sects also, by means of sub-colours, fot' the colour" in the Cli,Se of the main religion. This work brought us to the close of the day; and hence we had to resel've the discussion of the questions for the next da.r. 6. On that day the questions mentioned above were all :!\l('etino' on the second discussed. t;l-ay .•• 7. The rewH of the rliscussion is embodied in Mr. Risley's Mep;1.Q received thl'Ollgh the Residency, which is transcrilje:i't below:~ Census Commissioner's memo on the disctls- sion. NOTE O~ CENSUS OF BAHODA ~TATE. GeneTal.-CenSlIs operations in Baroda State were commenced on I,5th" May 1900. Mr. ,J. A. Dalal, M. A., LL. B., Superintendent~ and Mr. Manil~ai Trikamrai, B. A., LL. E., AssisU";i Superintendent, were appointed on 1st May. Both these gentlemen ~I-r_, intimately acquainted with the administrative ~yE,tem, and during my "tn.)' iI} faroda I disCLU$Sed wi'~h them very fully all points bearing on the applicatiQ~lt. of the Imperial Census Q.Jde to the circumstances of the State...... 1.t:. ,., 2. f.~eilsus Divisiuns onel Agency. Towards the end of May, statements of actually existing villages and house, were called fOl', and these statements appear to have been carefully examined and tested. The charge is the Taluka, Mahal Peta l\!Iahal, or Sub-taluka under the Talukdar, Vahivatdar or l\bhalkri as the case m~y be. The Thana containing from 8 to 10 villages forms the circle .under a Naib· FOllzdal' or Sub-Inspector of Police. The villrtge accountant.s (Tala tis) will act as ennmerators flH' their villages. In rural areas there ",ill as a rule be no ll:Jn-offici::tl enumerators. ,\Vhere a village contains more than from 60 to 100 honse", schoolmasters and clerks of the Vahi_ vatdal"s office will be deputed to assist in ~he final ellumeration. All Go\'el'n ment offices will be closed for fOUl" or fi\'e days at the tilDe of the Census. The Subas of the districts anJ the Naib·Subas in charge of sub·divisions are responsible for seeing tha·t the ordcrs of the Superintendent are properly carried out hy the Vahivatdars and Mnhalkaris. c. s. 13 3. Railways.-The follO\ving points are of importance:- ( i ) Th(authorities of the Railways in Baroda ;:;tate should be asked to furnish the provisional totals (Oensus CJde, chapter IX, At,tieles 12 and 16 ) to the Superintendent of Census Baroda State, direct in order that they may be included in the~~telegram reporting the State total to the CellEllS Commissioner for India, The totals should reach the State Superintendent by the 5th March' 1901. (ii) The extract referred to in A!,ticle 5 of Chapter IX should be sent to the State Superintendent. I have in fact arrang ed with the Hesident to pass it on. (iii) I understand that the State Superintendent of Census and the Rail way officials have settled in consultation their arrange ments for enumeration in the manner contemplated in Article 5 of Chapter IX (.f the Code. (iv) The schedule should be sent for abstraction to the State Superintendent. Great care wiiI have to be taken in this matter as British and State territory interlaces and some stations are in one and some in another. 4. Classification of castes.-The State will inquire into the system of social precedence recognised in B:.troda and will classify the castes recorded in the Census accordingly. 5, Selection of castes lor Tables IX, XII-A and XIV.-The State will follow the selection made for the Bombay Presidency. 6. Sects,-The Stn.te will Record sects in~ the column for religion. 7. Languages-Marathi and Gujarathi will be treated as the Provincial Vernaculars in Tables VIII and IX. Millor langqQ.ges will be shown under others. If necessary n. column can be added for per8~ns who know both Marathi and Gujarn.thi. It is observed that the totals of this table will not tally either with the Provincial total or with the totals of other tables, as persons knowing more than one language will appear in seveeal columns. 8. Bhils.-No difficulty is apprehended with the Bhils in Baroda territory. A copy of my second note (,n Rajputana describing the arrangements proposed there for the census of the Bhils will be sent to the Superintendent, Baroda. 9. Interpretation of tlie Scherllde and the Code:-The following points were discussed and settled:- (a) Chapter X, Article 3, supplementary rule 9. The word " lands " refers to lands in a town. (b) Chapter X, Article 3, supplemental'Y rule 9. Persons temporarily out of employ should be shown as following their last occupation. (c) Ditto and rule ~11-7 ofinstructiotls on page 2 of cover of schedule. Persons spending the night. out for pleasure !'}16uld be enumerated as present. 53 Cd) Rule] 1-12 of instructions on page 2 of cover of schedule. The words " strike out entries," etc., may be omitted. (e) General Schedule column 14 and Instructions. In filling up this column English need not be-mentioned. (1) Persons staying at Dh~trmsh{tl{ls, Sel',lis, camping grounds, landing places, etc. (2) H.ecipients of household :Lnd private schedules. [N. B The term "household schedule" denotes the English schedule issued to Europeans and Eurasions; "private schedule" means a schedule in vernacular issued to native householders of position. ) (3) Officers on tour and th"ir families, servants and staff. (4) Travellers, vagrants, street-begg:Lfs, etc. (g) The following definiation of "hOtlSe" was agreed to:- " 'House'is the dwelling place of one or more families having a separate entrance, whether that entrance be from a public road, compound, corridor, balcony, gallery or otherwise." (It) The Huperintendellt proposes to ask the recipients of house, hold and private schedules not to fill up column 2 of the forms given to them. The enumerators will be iostructe~ to fill up column 2 of all schedules in their blocks, whether general, household, or private, in accordance with the num bering of the houses. The suggestion was approved. (i) The Superintendent proposes to print on the back of the cover a statement of books, loose schedule"" etc., supplied to the euumerator, with columns showing date of issue, how many used, and date of return, and signatures of supervisor and enumerator. The suggestion was approved. (j) The Superintendent asked whether, if a householder had omited to fill up a household or private schedule on the 1st March, there was any objection to the schedule being filled up on the 2nd March. He was told that there was no ob jection and that the householder would be liable to prose cution. 10. Abstraction and Tabulation.-The Superintendent has adopted the sys tem of abstraction by slips described in my note on Abstraction and Tabulation. 11. Special Tf'acts'-After inquiry from the local officers it has been de cided that a night census is feasible in the Forest l\Iahals. This was done in 1891 without difficulty. The Assistant Sllperintendent has, I understand, visited tbese Mahals and made the necessary arrangements on the spot. BARODA, H. H. RISLEY. Th(21st August 1900. Census Commissioner for India. 54 The Dewan ,n'ote the follo·wing Memo:-- 'Mr. Risley whom I met when I went to see Colonel Ravensh:1w at the Residency, told me that he was going o\'e1' the ar- Aclmowledgemont l,y - ~ the Census CO!llmissjoner. rnngements made by us for taking the Census and ,,-as highly satisfied with them. (20-8-1900)_ Mr. Risley left the same eyelllJlg. CHAPTER IX· TlIird batch of Ci1"Cular .... and H ouse-numDerill(!. 1. After the Census Commissioner had left, the \York of issuing the N cw circulars. necessary circular:,; was again taken in lland. 2. The first of this third batch of circulars related to the enumeration of persons living within Railway Limits. On the previous Censtls of Railway em- o!:casions of 1881 and 1891, the Census of these limits ployes. was taken by the Railway Authorities. But the Govern- ment of India ru1ed that the Census of g:lllgmen's and gatemen's huts and similar isolated buildings outside the distant signals on both the sides of every Railway station on an open line, wii] be taken by thc Census officers of the l\iahal in whose limits they an~ situated (ViJe Imp. Code ell. IX-Census of Hailways p. 46) In obedience to this order circular No. 12 was issued from this office on 21·8~I 900. which runs as follows:- "An order dated 27th June 1900 has been issued from this office directing not to include, until further orders the Railway stations and other buildings or gatemen's huts situated within thc Hail way limits, in the blocks and circles that are being made in compliance with circular No.8 dated 12-6-1900. Action in accordance there ·with must have been taken in each Mahal. As regards the Railway limits, it has been no;v decided as follows:- "1. The Census of gangmen's and gatemen's buts and similar isolated bnildings ontside the distant signals (known as signa1 or Serna fore) on both the sides of every Haihvay station on an open line, ,Yill be taken by the Census officers of the Mah~d in whose limits they &1'e situated ." "2. The CenslIs officers of the respecti ve l\Iahals ha \Ie thereupon to ennmerate only the persons residing in the buildings above_ mentioned. The Vahiwutdars of those Mahah; through whose jurisdiction Railways might be rnnning should, therefore, cause such buildings situated within the circle (If their charge to be included by the Tal:tti in one of the blocks of the nearest village. The Vahiwatdars and the Mahalkaris should, after making the corrections in all the statements prepared under circular No. S dated 12-6·1900, prepare a supplementary state ment for the circle, showing the b10cks and villages wherein corrections haye been made, and send the same within 15 days. The Yuhiwatdurs and Muhallmris should make the corrections in the statements with them and send the original (supplementary) statements through the Subh of the District for makingthe correc tions, in the statements received here dated 21st August 1900. 3, The thirteenth (circulrtr) related to the way in which the houses Numbering of Honses. were to be numberedc It was issued on ,{-9·1900 and runs as fol1ows:-( Translfttion ):- 1 As the work ()f determining blocks and circles must have been over, that of numbering the houses mllst be taken up. 2 The numbering should be commenced in the ibeginning of October ann shonln he finished by the end of that month. 3 Vahiwatdars and Malmlkaris in charge of the Mahals shall arrange to furnish to the Talatis the necessary materials for numbering bofore the end of Septeulber ]900. 4 For towns and cit,ies where houses are generally white washed red ochre ( Geru or Rumchi) will suit for pnintil1g the numbers. 5 J~llt. in case of villages where lime is not used for wash ing, lime as well as red ochre both will be necessary. 6 In case of honses Oil which for' reasons of their not having brick Qt' clay walls or for any other reason there is no room for painting numbers, a brick may be ,vashed with lime and then numbered and it may be given to the house-holder who should be enjoined to preserve it or a thick piece of paper ( card-board) with the number written on it may be tied to the house. '] Tbe expenses of numbering the houses should be approxi mately determined having regard to the expenditure on the last two occasions, and a reasonable amoun t will be sanctioned from this office. In order that there may be no hinderance in the ,york in the meanwhile, ex penses should bc incurred fwm the Taluka, debiting the flmount to adYlillCe account. 8 Earthen pots required to hold the lime and red-ochre shonld be obtained from the village Kllmbhars, ~ For painting of numbers brushes made of branches of trees or palmyrfl, or any other convenient instrument may be made nse of. 10 Expenses in this matter should be incurred with as mnc11 economy as possible, and accounts sh[)qld be kept in detail and sent here when the house-number ing is finislwd. c. s. 14 56 11 In case of entire lnami villages, Inamdars should supply the materials for numbering~ and that they may furnish this in proper time Yahiwatdars should make sugg'estions to them by 11 yadi. If, notwithstanding this, the materials tJ,re not supplied by the Inamdars in the specified time, Vahiwatdars should get the work done at the expense of Government and submit a bill to the Suba (of the division) for sanction and recoyery. 12 Numbers should be painted on such a conspicuou; part of the house as can be visi ble; and should never be painted on doors. Similarly, they should be marked at such height as may not admit of boys and others effacing them, and at such places where they might not be moistened and washed off by rain &c. 13 The numbers should be in bold figures and written in the Gujat"a~i character. 14 Care should be taken that no house is numbered twice that is, if a 3uuse has more than one door opening into different streets or places, the number should be painted on the principal door; whereas a big X should be marked em the remaining doors. 15 Houses, that may have been ruined and thereby may be in such a dilapidated condition that they are not in. habited by human beings, or are not likely to be in habited till the night of the final Census, may not be numbered. 16 But buildings such as houses, Dharmashalas, temples Serais &c., which m·e likely to be inhabited, should be numbered. 17 Any building which may have been left unnumbered by accident or which may be built after the numbering has been completed, should be given the sub-number of the house immediately preceding it; e. g. if a house is built after that bearing No. 25 and before that bearingNo. X6 in other words, between the two houses, it should be gi\7en the sub-number of the house precedi.ng it; thus the house in question will be numbered 25 -1- 18 Special attention must be given so that the instances mentioned in section 17 may occur rarely. It should also be borne in mind that if a house is under con struction at the time of numbering, which is likely to be completed before the date of the tinal Census, it must be numbered ab·initio so that a sub-number may not have to be given subsequently. Sub-numbering should be avoided as much as possiblE. 57 . 19. Due attention must be given while numbering to the definition of the house as given in circular No.9 dated 18-6-1 aoo. 20. Therefore if there are more houses than one in any building, they should :111 be numbered and also all these number., should he shown on a com,pimlOus portion of that building. Illustrations. (0) Similarly a bungalow is situated in a compound and ad. joining to it are servants' quarters. All of these should be numbered separately and there near the princJpal entrance outside the compound should be written from, No. so and so to No. so and so. 21. vVhere a block ter!!~inates, a rectangular figure L __I must be painted to express it; similarly where a circle terminates a circle 0 should be painted to express the same. 22. In villages, the numbering should be done by Talatis with the assistance of village Patels, Mathdars and othel" village servants; in Sn,dar stations of the T1Lluhis the work should be done by the Fouzdars with the assist ance of the Naib Fouzdars, Kasbit Talatis, clerks of the Fouzdal"s office, and, if necessary clerks of the Vahi watdar's office; in the case of B:troda Oity the work will be done by the Sudhrai IGuudiir under his personal supervision and accordin~ to suggestions from this office. 23. The numbering of houses must he consecutive for each block; similarly, where [i1:unicipalities have been est:l' blibhcd the numbering must be on the same plan. 24. While giving numbers to houses they should be paint ed in such a manner as to be immediately expressive of circle, block n,nd the number of the house. Thus first the circle letter must be written and by it should be shown as in fractions thE' block number as numerator and the nurnber of the house as denominator, e. r!. A-!-, 'IV here A '- 4:) meaIlS the cit"cle; 1 shows the number of block, and 45 the number of the house. 25. In order to get the numbering done according to the above suggestions the Naib FOllzdar should first proceed ·58 to one of the villages under his charge and get the work begun there. The numberlng should be com menced from the right side in each mehcla or road and continued to the left side, and when the work has already commenced, bc ( Naib Fouzdar ) should then repair to another village and there follow the same procedure. Thus he should· go to nIl tho villages under his charge and commence the numbering there. He should theil, revisit all the village:; to see that the numbering ic finished, that it is correctly done, thnt no mistake has beell committed aIld that no hOllse h!ls been omitted. 2G. Tho N aib Fouzdar should keep a record of the work done as melltioned above in the following form and submit the same to the charge S~perintendent when the numbering for his Thana is finished, along with other returns as below:- ------_ 1 2 . 3 4 5 6 ------._--- 27 At the time of numbering in ·the manner herein rtescribed the Talati 'should prepare a register in the form given below in duplicate. Census register (l.:h) Statement ShOWl?7g the particulm's pel' house in tlta circllJs nncl the blocks at }J;[ouje in the l'aLllka .•• .•. oj District "0 '00 o Z ...... , . ~ ~ rn. 1 2 5 6 NOTE. {a) 'The circle letters should be marked consecutively In the statement. {b) If there are one or two Puras (suburbs) inhabited apart or independently from the main habitation, these must be shown in the column for remarks opposite the houses. (c) In the case of places such as Landing places,· harbour;;:, mooring or camping grounds where men are likely to be found on the Census night, but where there is no l'OOIH fOI: painting numbers, they should be shown in the Remark column if the number of inmates likely to be found there be small:; but if separate blocks have been formed of such placet they should be shown at there proper places in the serial order of blocks .in red ink. (d) If a separate 'block has been formed of any Jail, Kutchel'ry, Court, Hospital or Dharmashala on account of the number of inmates residing there, the number of permanent ·residents probably to be found there on the night of the final Census should be shown in the remark column in red ink. (e) If the ngure entered in column 1 of the statement A pre_ pared under circular No. 8 dated 12-6-1900 dQes not tally with the last ,number of any block- entered in the present Statement the 'l'alati sheuld mention the discrepancy in the remarks column showing the reason . .28. The Naib Fouzdar should cause a statement in the above form to be prepared in duplicate by the Meheta and takt'l the original leawing the duplicate with him. The Naib Fonzdar should compare it with the state ,ment 'which has been kept on his record under circulus No. i3 dated 12·6-1900.; and making the necessary changes and additions therein with the light of this state .ment, he should immelliately send for comparison in the Mahal Office his statement together with all the Tala tis' statements prepared under ·this circular. In the :l\;Iabal Office, the statement prepared under circular No.8 should be compared with those now received from the Talatis.; anl the Mahal Karkun should make a list 'of entries that may differ from those in the first state 'ment and of any adc1itional information .that may be {ound in the ,new statements. :29. After -the above Jist of discrepancies is ready, all the . corrections should be made therefrom in the previous statement of the Mahrtl, (Ci:)I1SUS Register K~) and from the corrected and finally settled statement., a fresh one should be made in duplicate, according to the ,accompa~y.ing form." the original of which should be c. s. 15 60 despatched· by the Vahiwatdar or Mahallmri to this office through the Suba, retaining the duplicate on his own record. 30. The villages entered in the Mahal statements received under this circular, together with the information en tered in the other columns thereof will be taken to be finally settled and correct and will not be subject to modifications herenfrer, and on this informati'Jl1 wiD. depend the success of the whole Census. The Subas are therefore requested to direct that the Aval-Karkoon should thon,ughly study this circular and form and get the statement prepared under his persomJ super vision, with special care, and with the assistance of the Census Karkoon, Rm'enue Ohitanisi Karkoon and other Mahal Ka.rkoolls, too, if necessary. The Subas on receiving these statements will check only the villages therein mentioned and after 'Ilftking detailed endorsement below send them on to this office, The Vahi\vatdars should arrange to send these state· ments to the Suha so as to reach him before the lOth / of NoveILber 19'00; and the Sabas. it is desired, will see that after these 8tatements are received in their offip-e they ~rc not detaineq for more than two or three days. Fomr. Statement sllowin9 villages, ci1'cles, blocks and the exact nwnbCl' of hOllses in 'l'aluka ( ) Di'L,ision ( ) .S ~....c:: ] g I ------,---- 1 I 2 I 3 ____4___ 5 ___ 6____ 7_1 __8 __ 9 10 ~~------_~-.~------~---~------~~------~--~---- Prepared by checked by A val Karkun. Vahiwatdar- 61 Note. L The statements in the aboY8 form, 't-iz, one for town and other for villages should be made in duplicate. 2. Inhabited villages should first be entered in this statement; care should be taken that names of villages are correctly entered il1 the serial ~order of the statement submitted unrler circular No. 8 daten. 12-6-1900, after verifying the Sl'tme from the entries in the copy of the statement sant to the Sllb::. under that circular, and amended by him after examining that statement in his office, and as amended also by orders from thi" office, and also feorn the entries in the Dehzrtda lists of 1891 and thtl Revenue Dehzrtda of the Mahal villages. Next to them should be entered those villages which are entered in our Dehzada lists but which are believen. to be under foreign jurisdiction, and hence not to be enumerated by us; then those about the jurisdiction of which there are disputes and which are therefore ordered to be ex.cluded from OUt' Census. and last of all the depopulated villages. In this way all the villages in the Maha.! shoukl be shown in this statement under different headings and in different serial orders. A clear explan!ltion should Le briefly gi veIl in the col umn for renp,rks, with reasons, as regards villages that are mention ed in our Dehzadrt but fire e:l}cluded from our Census arrangements. A clear explanation should also be gi \Ten iQ the remarks polamn in cases where the papers mentioneo. abwe differ from each other, in order to obviate any further correspondence on the subject and to enable this office to prepare a correct village list for the whole territory. 3. Columns 6 and 9 of this statement, viz the names of the Super visors and E.numerators need nut be filled in at present. 4, In the collective statement of villages the towns following in the serial order of the circles should not be entered but a remark should be written in red ink, in its proper place in the statement, to the effect that such and such a town follows here and it contains circles from letter ( ) to letter ( ) shown inthe separate statement of the towns and the subsequent village should be entered. p The name of Tpana should be written, in the body or the State ment and below that should be entered the villflges belonging to the Thana in the order of the circle letters and only after 011.e Thana is finished another should (ol1ow. 6 If a suburb (pura) or one or more houses be found Hituuted ::tpart from the ma~n pabitatiqn of the parent village, a remark to that effect should be made in the column of remarks. "I The information asked for in notes Nos. 3 and 4 below the form prescribed for the Talatis' statement in thiscir cubr should be supplied to each block in this statement. s If the total oum ber of houses in each block as shown in column 8 of the statement prepared under circular No.8 dated 12-6-1900, does not tally with the number shown in this statement, the former should be c')rrected so as to tally with the latter and the reasons for the difference should be in the remarks column .• 4. The City is the most important, from a Census point of view, contain ing as it does a heterogenious mass of structures and a Tbe City house-numhering. variety of peoples. It has claimed special attention. At the former Censuses, the numbering of the City was done in chunam and red; but this time it was found impracticable; because owing to the prevalence of the plague, special numbers on all the houses ill chunam and red were given; so it was apprehended that a similar process if applied in the present Census would lead to mistakes. Again the Municipal Department to which the Census of the City was entrusted, was desirous of num bering the houses in the City in some permanent way for fiscal purposes. It was, th.erefore, determined to affix numbers to the houses in a pennanent way. The result was satisfactory both as regards finances and utility. The contribution from the Census grant to the City Municipality came actually to less than that in 1891 owing to the new system of numbaring, which was clone by affixing to the houses tinplates, col oured and numbered as shown below;- The City was divided in to five wards; (1) the Wadi, (2) the City proper (3) Fatepura, (4) Raopura and (5) Babaji pura. These were subdivided into cir cles and blocks as required fot" Census work. The fiye wards were represented by fiye (listinct colours as foHows:- (a) The Wadi division had yellow coloured plates with letters to show circles and numbers to show blocks in black. (b) The City proper had red coloured plates with letters in white to show circles :lnd numbers to shuw blocks and houses. Cc) Fatepura had black coloured plates with letters to show circles, and numbers to show blocks and houses in yellow. (d) Raopura had blue coloured plates with letters to show circles and numbers to show blocks and houses in white; and (e) Babaji pura had green plates wIth letters to show circles and numbers to show blocks and houses in white. This scheme has answered very well and will, be useful in future Censuses also. The entire war·k of preparin.g ·the plates was -done localIy~ 63 5. On the represantation of the Municipal Commissionet· the following Proclamation was iss ned for the guidance of the::people. Proclamation. This obviated the necessity of issuing penal provisions us appeariIlg in the Census Act of the 3-ovel'l1ment of rndia ( tZ·.'lnsbtion ):- Proclamation. " In order tllftt the measures that are being taken for the purposes of this Census may nc,t create any misllnoerstanding among the people the officers of the MahalR, village Patels, TalRtis, M'ltfldars and other \·illage servants as well as the public servants of other departments, should as a pflrt of their duty, exert heir utmost to explain (to the public) the object of the taking of a Census. Strict notice will be taken in case of default." 6. Along with this was continued the lVork of scrutwIzlng the patraks that were being received from the Talukas preparerl Paras recog-ni5cd as villages. in accordance with the circular No.8. A:3 a. result of this scrutiny, the Vahiwatdars were directed by the issue (Jf the [olluwing cir cular to recognize particular pnras as Yillages:~ Translation :- Cirr:1I1a1' No, 14. " On examining the !.'tatements of Blocks and Circles received from the Ml1hals, fur l.he Celldus work of 1901, it was found thl.t the puras ( hamlets) lying \vithin the suburbs of cer tain villages have been shown by sume as forming part of those \Tillages, instead (If giving them separate numbers and recognizing them as independent villages; while, others have counted them as indepe_ndent villages and given them con tinuous or running numbers. It is not right to have such different ways of acting in one and the same matter. It is, therefore, ordered that for the present and coming Censuses pet(~ [Juras ( hamlets) lying a mile or more apart from the parent village should be recognized as separate villages for Census purposes; while those lying within a mile should be amalgamated with the adjacent parent villages, and should not be given any numbers at al J. Corrections should at once be made accor:iingly, wherever necessary." Dated lOth ~eptember 1900. CHAPTERX· Scheme of Ethnography. Very soon after the Census office was opened, a communication was received from t.he Censlls Commissioner which directed us Rthnographical enquiry. to mflke Ethnographic enquiry as regards the various castes, tribes &c., inhabiting in the different Districts of this Raj. After a perusal of the papers it was not found pt'acticable to undertake the enquiry both on financial considerations, and because tbe enquiry to be made from the Bombay Presideney would mostly cover this state. This decision was duly conveyed to Mr. Risley at the conference held at the Residency; when he expressed a. wish c, s, 16 64 that the work may be undertaken by us. In conformity with his wishes, permis sion was asked from the Minister to conduct the enquiry on the lines prescribed. The Minister sanctioned it by his letter No.4 of 20th November 1900. The plan of working, which was proposed to be adopted, was on lines simi lar to those adopted for the Bombay Presidency, with such modifications as ap peared necessary. l\lr. Enthoven, Census Superintendent of Bombay, wrote the following letter:- No. 584 OF 1900. Camp, Satara 4th September 1900. SIR, In forwarding herewith copies of the trans1ations of the Ethnographic questions as desired in your No. 29 of September 1st last, I have the honor to state that the notes issued for the guidance of the Census Committees and the circular bearing No. 301 of August II th enclosed herewith will shew the nature of the enquiries set on foot by me. 2. I have further the honor to state that I shall be glad to assist you in any way with matters connected with Ethnographic research. I have &c. ( Sd. ) R. E. ENTHOVEN, Provincial Superintendent of Census. 2. It was then decided to make enquiries into the origin, constitution and customs of the Brahman and the V~1.nii castes by means of certain set of-questions, through committees which were designated the Ethnographic Committees. The following papers were prepared and printed to carry out the scheme,-(l) The 'Scheme (2) the formation of committees; (3) Requisition to the members there·of to work; (4) Letters to the caste leaders, ( 5 ) Lists of the castes of Brahmans, Vanias and others as ascertained from the last census. The scheme gave a general summary of what was required to be done; and how it was to be done; and it was as follows ;- (Translation) :- Ex. No.3. Scheme• .Notes rega1'ding the lines on which the Ethnographic committees are to work. "1. This enquiry will be of three descriptions, 2. The first relates to the investigation of the social divisions of the Brahmans and Vania castes, which should be undertakl-n through out in the whole state, 3. This enquiry is to be carried out by means of certain Ethnographic questions drawn up by the Huzur Census Office, printed copies df which will be supplied. . 65 4. The accompanymg list will show the castes of Brahmans and Vanias, concerning which inquiry is to be made by the commit tees therein specified. 5. For this purpose educated and influential persons from among the leading members of the respective castes should be summoned, and after exphining the questions to them they shonld be requested to write out the answers opposite each question, or in case of finy of them notknowing how to write, questions may be put to them and answers may be written out on their dictation. 6. When the educated leading gentlemen of the castes, give their answers written, they should be asked to pnt the'ir signature there to as also their occupation and place of residence. 7. When the answers to these questions, sufficient for the purpose, are received from all the castes assigned to each Committee, these cftstes should then be arranged in their order with regard to the social status of each, which follows from these answers, showing reasons in brief. 8. The committees should then submit to the Huzur Census Office these answers together with the papers above mentioned, regarding the order in which the castes are arranged. 9. The questions for the Brahman and Vania castes are enclosed here with and m:lrked exhibit A. 10. The enquiry of the second sort relates to the castes of Lewa Patidars in the Baroda District, Kadwa Patidars in the !Cadi District, Kathis in the Amreli District and Dubbs in the Navsari District. Questions marked exhibit B for these castes are also attached hereto. 11. The committees have to work on the same lines as above with regard to these also. But these castes need not be arranged in any order. 12. The third enquiry to be undertaken by the committees is to classify the castes mentioned in exhibits 4 and 5 and the non Brahman castes specified in exhibit No. 6 in one of the following 5 groups and show each in the group in which it falls. i. Representatives of the three twice· born castes. 2. SatcSudras, including Kayasthas and the Nav Eakh group. S. Jalacharniya Sudras, being those castes from whom :Brah mans and members of the higher castes can take water. 6()· 4. Jalavyavabariya Sudras, castes from whose hands a Brab~ man cannot take water. 5. Asprishya Sudm, castes whose touch is so impure as to pollute even Ganges water.• , 3. The Ethnographic comrnittees were formed of private~ Gentlemen and Officers in Government service. This coune was adopted CUllstitution of the eum- out of sheer necessity, as there appE'ared to be a dirth of mittees. private gentlemen able and willing enough to take an acti \"e interest in a work of this kind. The three prominent departments in the Talukns were indented upon in order that anyone Department may not have to suffer much as also that variety of culture and intelligence may be nppJied to the work in hand. The committees were requested not only to make en· quiries into the constitution of the castes bhown in columns 3 to 5 as given below bnt also into the constitution of the otber castes of Brahmans and Yanins that might be found in what mlty be called their jurisdiction. 4. Yadi ( requisition) to be sent to the members of the Ethnographic committees. Yadi to the members of the committees; ( Translation. ) To, From, The Census Superintendent, Daroda State. Sir, Dewan Bahadur Dewan Saheb has been pleased to ~anction the proposnl for Ethnological researches concerning some of the castes out of the many that are found to exist in this State from the returns of the present census. This inquiry is to be instituted in each District by appointing committees there·in and by obtaining replies to certain questions through them. Yon are 'lppointed a member of the committee, and I presume you have already received a communication to the effect through the Head of your depart ment to lend your services in this connection. You will know frem the papers herewith attached ( ex. Nos. 2, 3, 4, 5. 6 and the two sets of questions marked A and B ) as to what other members there are on your committee and what work your committe!:: has to do. In statement No.2 the names of the castes which your comm,ttee has to inquire into are given; you will please send the invitation letters ( despatched to the l?resident of your comrnittee ) to the leaders of those caste,s and other learned persons whom you may deem fit. After writing therein the name of the person and the date of despatch, you will also keep a note of snch invitations issued. 67 It 1.3 hoped that you will zealously co.operate and execute with care and precision the work entrusted to yon and there- by be useful in carrying out the o~ject of Government in this matter. It you deem it necessary to make any special suggestions for carrying out the desired object, you are quite itt liberty to do so; due attention will be paid to your suggestions. In list No.6, nameR of other Hindu castes besides Brahmans and Yania's ar~ given. If YOLl find any names of castes omitted thceein you may add them to the list and communicate the same to this office after analysillg them in the way suggested in the scheme and putting them in the right geoup out of the five mentioned thereill. If those castes happen to belong t(l the class of Brah manS or Vanias yon will kindly set the qnestions to their respcctive leaders, as you would in the case or other cases and do thc needfnl after obt'lining replies from them. ( Sd. ) J. A. OA LAL, Censns Superintendeni" Baroda State. 5. Letter of inyitation to influential members of:J, caste, who can giYe the required infomatioll. To, At tbe recent Census, it is found uesirable and necessary to know the Letter of invitation, origin, the pl"cscnt status of and the mutu~l relationship existing between the different castes such as those of Brahmans, Vanias &c.; and the only meftnS to obtain the said infol·mation is to call together the leaders, headmen learned persons and educated gentlemen from the different castes and. to collect the requisite information thruugh them. In order to be able to record systematical information all this subject and also that no incomplete or unnecessary information may be collected [01' any of thc ('asteR, questiuns relating to the mode of living and the social C~lstoms of a Hindu have been determineiL If you require a detailed explanation with re gard to any of those question;?, you will obtain the samc from the Committee ( through whom you have received the invitation letter) by referring to them un the point. The object of securing the information in It is, thereforo. hoped that you will UI) yonr best in heJping the Govern. ment in this work, carefully and without dela.y. 1 (Scl.) J. A. DALAL, Dated 24tTI L Census Superintellltent, J.Vo'i'cmucr 1 £100. i J Baroda State. G. The exhibits arc gi\-cn below. c. s. 17 68 a 'n "] ..:.: ;; ~ :=i .~ '"' ~ ~ ~ '", ~ ~----~~- ""~ ...::::: "'-' ~ .;:0 ~__, '"u, .:::; '/~ '-''" '-' ~ "'" .~ ~ "il '3 ~ 0 .::; ~ ~ ~ "'-.. '0 ...:::: ''-> 00 e -2:;' ~ «I'" ...:::: '-' ..... <:.:. --='i '", .,.. ""'=' 0: .~ ....:::: ;;'" -" ;s "a .~ ...:l'" ...:l ..c:l ::: '" d ~ >- ~ on ~ '5 " .~.:§ ~ 2:; .._"" '.,..'" ;;: H 2j" ;:l.;'" p:; A en ''OJ"" ~ ::::: <:..) o~ -~ c'-' ~., ~; ::::: ""~ ..,"-' ~ '" >-< :;:: g '" ~ :::> ~ G'l 0,-, :3 "S a'" -;a 0 on ..._~ ~ 1-0 @ ~ ~ :-~ ?< ... -""d od u "d ,=;; ~ 2i -" -,; " -'-" '" ;.., :.:0; '" ~ 0 '~ ... ~ 1 '-< 0 "'" .,. ~ e =' a '"::: ';''cl '" ;:il ~ ~ ~ :::.:i ~ U2 ~ Xi."" -r1'" '" ,-') "'" '>.) - ..?::; -;;; 0 t.) 0","-' ...:::: R.. ::::: '" <->~ 8~ -~ --g ~ a 0 70 ~ ~ <:,) ,_. :::1 0 ~ ." ~'" ..3 en -~ ~"" ...;:: " ."!: .~ -i1 i: "'" § '- :;;- '"~ .~ .~ 0 '" ~ '0 ':::. .~ ~ ~ ::> '%> '" -;'-l ~a V :] :s '"'-' \...) ...:: 1 :z: o~ .=: ~ :t g ~ "-' ~ '" .;;> ~ :;:5 <-- d 1-0. ~ <.> .S eo ::::: ~ "'">. ':::' :3 .~ .:: "J cl ::::: ...", :;:...... >. ~ ~ 0 ;;:-, .... '" =' ,;:-0 ...5 Z u ~ -:5 ~ ~ >-'" en. .~ C:::.. ..:> ""'=' 0 ;:q ~ ::l ~ ~ ~ '" ~ en ::l .-:> c::: ~ '" ;;; ;;;; U2 :3 2 ..6 -3 ..::l I'f? '" 'n ~ ..::>" :> ;; ::: ..-'<: <.> "'" :-3 h"" "" a .~ ;:0, '":::> '" " '"=' cO ~ ;3 ~~ ...=; <> Z 0 2 .... ::::: '.~ Z ~. I=< '" Z ?" ~o ~ :z:. ~ z :0 z .., ~ d .., "" ~_.,. ~o c; <:,;) ;:: ...:: 2 ""§ d :; " ...:: .~. ;S ...:::::...... ~ ...:: p:; a " --<'" .,.. ~ ~ >- P: ,..". :.>- ,.,."" '" .~ .~ ~ '~ > '" ::l """ "'"- ~ '-< '5 ..0 ..., ,_. ,_. ~ ,:l:j " ~ ~ ~ ~ ;;.. .=: :;3 ".) ~ :-- ~ .~ .--. ,... d d =r ,__. " ~~'" ._.. 2 -- ..... ~ .- 7;'" Z ;-:; Z'" ~, ::.::::i .-<'" """Cl ---- ~~~--~~~--- ';'--( ..... ~ 'ON Tl'!.T3 S I~ 69 ;..; ::> ..; "'-' ~ "0 ,... .., ~ 0- 0 -::5 .... ~ ~ ~ ~ -. ~ ~'" '0 -~ ."" if" d ..., - 0 :;: '" ~ '" ~ ~ -i ~ s:: ~ :g ,.; ~ "0 ~0:> c 0 0 ~ 3 c3 ~ d !::<:l '-.:.> ~ ~ '- "-''"' '-' ..-"1- -" ;g 0 ... '0 ~ ... _., ...... I;::; ~ '0 "" ,.. ::l ~ > -,::: ~ ~'" ;;;;i .;;:; ,..., U .~ "'i: c'l '" ":::: 'f> a- s ~ C) ;:: >-'" ':::. .., ::l ."" p" " >- .__, ~ ~ ~ '" ;:;q ..:::l" .. ~ W m 8 .S ~ " 0;0 ~ ...... =, s 'ff 0 ~- r::: '" ~ >-<== < ~ ] E1 '2 .:::f :-3 d ....'" ~ 0 ~ ~ :::: a'" :,; Z oa '" ~ :5 it z'" z R"'" '" iIi ~ ,S'" c.o 3~,,,, .s 0 ~ =e ~ ~ ;:., '2 '+< '" "" _., 0 d "'"' 0 == ~ - .§ '" ~ ,... ..=l ~ "@ p.. " ,.::l .... ::: .:B""' 2 _, -a~ '-' "0 '"0) en. ;> ill '" 0 :;:. >~ ~ P-t r"'l "'" "":.. ~ .~ ~ ..s cO == ~ cO :.=: ..a ~c'l ;:Q '01 '" <=I ~ .>0 ~ ~ "" l>- == ,.:; 1-< ...... d ;.a ..."" "'" ;.;:; '"''" ,_; ~ '" a a ...;< >'J <..:> ----~--.- ~---~ ..~----~------ '" -5-<._, '" ~ ;.; ~"" .., ~ '" ~ ~ .~ ~ ~ g ~ <::> ..=J (J £ c: .: .<:i ~ .£, ~ Cf_ '" "-' ''''~ ;;:; .._,~ S ~ "'~ ,,; 0 ..... ~'" ~ .s ""' ~ ,...'" ".,. ~ c """ ~ P-I" '"l'l ~'" ;;.-'" ;g ~ "" .~ " k ~ ~ .l ;; .... ?- ~ Z'" ""h" '" '" 0 'l3 "..'" "i '" ou ., -act: ~ '"'" !-= -:;::1 d .., ,::;"'"' ..;::l_, '" .E'"'., P-!" ..;z " <:: E" ~ ...." ...., '6 "h ~ ,0<; '" " i> M '" ;;;"' a ?-" d "" ~ d -g i> iii ...., YO ,.; '"OJ ;; :a " ~ '" .. ~ " 2:; " .... fl:! ""A l:.G'" :::.:;" ;:;: ta" t- ...: ~ "'", .2 ,.s ~ "-' .~ '" ~ ~ ~ ...... s t::: :;:: .....'" § .. ;;: b:o ,.; c<'""' ~ "" co CJJ co :s .zE ;..;a - bJJ 0::: _§ c3 t3 ~ (.) ""2 co 0 c. ;:,. lS 72 I ~, ~ ~ ;0 '" It"> ~ "" ~ -:5'" ~ 0 d ~ ..g.. .,,; ,_, S·"",,- ." £ ~~ ~ . «! S'" ;; ~ 0).§"2 p., P ::cf Z~Zp=< '"Q .~ S S 0 u .,:; ·3 "" :;; ~ .z .,. <:J ..... ,::: fE' ..,.; 0 ;s :::: en ,_, -:;::: <:'I ~ '" [;) ;.g Pol'" ..'" c: ~ ..:::: 8 po...... , .... 11l)·Wg '".N: Irl C~ 73 m .~ '0a'" ~ ...o d Z 74 A .List of tlte Brc~/tman Castes . .:; Z Namc of Casto. Name of the District in which it is found to exist, --;:;.. .", "-l -1- 2 Gujw'ati Bralmwns. 1 Nagar Vadnagara In the four Districts of the State 2 Visnagam " " 3 Chitroda Baroda District " 4 Sathodra In the four Districts of the State " 5 :, Prashnora Amreli Kadi and Baroda Distl'icts 6 Krashnora Baroda District " 7 ~. Barad Kadi District 8 Rodhval Kadi and Baroda Districts 9 Dev ( Devrukha ) In the four Districts of the State 10 Dadhicll Baroda District 11 Pur val Navsari and Baroda Districts 12 Karada !Cadi Navsari and Baroda District 13 Valmik In the four Districts of the State 14 Nandor:1 Baroda and Kadi Districts l.) Khedvu Kadi and B~roda " ]6 Amreli and Kadi Gllgall " 17 Girnam Amreli Kadi and Baroda Districts 1.8 J am1Ju In the four Districts of the State In Shrigaud " 20 Audich Tolakia " ~l Sahm,tra " " i2 Chovi~[L Kadi, Navsuri and Baroda Districts~ 23 Khedaval In the four Districts of the State 24 Borsada Navsari and Baroda Districts 25 l\fewada In the fOllr Districts of the Sta.te 75 Name of Caste. N arne of the District in which it is found to exis!;. ~ I 2 3 26 Modh In the four Districts of the State 27 Anavala .. 28 Zarola Kadi and Baroda Districts 29 Bhargav In the four Districts of the State 30 Shrimali " 31 Rayakval " 32 NI}-pal Baroda District 33 Vadadra Kadi, Navsari and Baroda. Districts 34 Disaval Kadi and Baroda Districts 35 Kapil " 36 Khadayata " 37 Uneval In the four Districts of the State 88 Sachora Amreli, Kadi and Baroda Districts 39 Somapura Amreli and Kadi Districts 40 Motala Navsari and Baroda Districts 41 Sajodara " 42 Digambar Baroda District 43 Bharadwaj Kadi ., 44 Pushkarna Amreli Kadi and Baroda Districts 45 Gomtival Kadi and Baroda " 46 Gadhia Amreli District 47 Gayawal Amreli Navsari and Baroda Districts 48 Kandolia In the four Districts of the State 49 Naradik Baroda District 50 Pallival In the four Districts of the State 51 Raval Amreli, Kadi and Barods Districts 52 Sorathia Amreli District 53 Vayada In the four Districts of the State c. s. 19 76 Name of Ca~tEl. N arne of the District in which it is found to exist. ~ 2 3 5' Barsora Kadi and Baroda Districts 55 Parashar Amreli and Navsari Districts 56 Rayathada Kadi District Talajia Baroda 57 " !is Maru Amreli, Navsari and Baroda Districts 59 Sanaval Amreli, Kadi and Baroda " 60 Others In the four Districts of the State Dakshini Brahmans. 61 Kokonastha In the four Districts of the State 62 Karada " 63 Deshastha " 64 Yajurvedi " 65 Kanoav K adi, N a. vsari and Baroda Districts 66 Karnataki Kadi and N avsari Districts 67 Dravid A mreli, Kadi and Baroda Districts 68 Tailang ,. 69 Devrukha In the four Districts of the State 70 Sarasvat " 71 Others .. Otlter Deoraded lJrahmans. 72 Karatia Kadi, Navsari and Baroda Districts 73 Vyas In the four Districts of the State 74 Shravana Amreli, Kadi and Baroda Districts 75 Tapodhan In the four Districts of the State 76 Aboti Amreli apd Kadi Districts '7 Bhojak ., 78 Saraswat Amreli, Kadi and Baroda Districts 79 Rajgo~ In the four Districtl! of the State 0 Z Name of the District in which it is fOlmd to exist, as Na.me of Ca.ste. ';:: r:IJ'" -}- 2 3 80 Sevak Navsari District Golf\k Baroda 81 " 82 Targala In the fe ur Districts of the State 83 Gurav Kadi, Navsari and Baroda Districts 84 VUDjha Gor Amreli and Baroda Districts 85 Gurav Dakshini " 86 Others In the four Districts of the State North Indian Brahmans. 87 Sarasvat In the four Districts of the State 88 Kanojia .' 89 Pallival " 90 Gaud " 91 Brijvasi Kadi and Baroda Districts 92 Gayaval Baroda District 93 Sanavadia In the four Districts of the State 94 Gangaputra. Kadi District 95 Murai Amreli, Navsari and Baroda Districts , 96 Others In the four Districts of the State Marwadi Brahmans. 97 Shrimali Kadi, Navsari and Baroda Districts 96 Pushkarna or Karnad Baroda District 99 Sanodia Kadi, N avsari and Baroda Districts 100 Others Kadi, Amreli and Baroda Districts L 78 A list of the Castes of Vanias. 0 Z Name of castes. Name of the Disbrict in which it is fonnd to exist.. ~ ;z rn -1- 2 3 Vanias Gujarati. I Nagar In the four Districts of the State 2 Khadayata Zarola 3 " 4 Shrimali " 5 Mewada Kadi. Navsari and Baroda 5 Porwal In the four Districts of the State 7 Nandora Navsari and Baroda 8 Modh In the four Districts of the State Lad 9 " 10 Pancha Kadi, Navsari and Baroda 11 Meshri Amreli, Kadi and Baroda 12 Disawsl In the four Districts of the State 13 Nima Amreli, Kadi and Baroda 14 Khedaval " 15 Kapol In the four Districts of the State 16 Vayada ,. 17 Agarval " 18 Uroad Kadi, Navsari and Baroda 19 Baj Navsari and Baroda 20 Harsora Baroda 21 Gujjar In the four Districts of the State 22 Didun Navsari and Baroda 23 Sorathia Amreli and Navsari 24 Nagadara Kadi 25 Jambusara " 79 A List of the Oastes of Vanias. c Z Name of Caste. Name of the District in which it is found to exist. ~ 00'" -- .....I 2 3 26 Soni Amreli, Kadi and Baroda u 27 Oswal In the four Districts of the State 215 Sanadia Baroda 29 Others In the four Districts of the Stat~ Lingayat Vanias. 30 Panchamsali Baroda 31 J:mgam. Amreli and Baroda 32 Dakshini N avsari and Baroda 33 Others In the four Di;;tricts of the State North Indian Vanias. 34 Sauen Amreli and Baroda 35 Kasarvani Amreli Dhusar 36 " 37 Agarari Amreli and Baroda 38 Others Amreli, Kadi and Baroda ======~======-=---======;- c. s. 20 Other Hindu Castes besides Bl'ahmans and Vanias. 0 Z Name of Caste. Name of the District in which it is fonnd to exist. d ";::: 00'" ~l- 2 3 1 Brahmakshatri In the four Districts of the State 2 Prabhu Kayastha " 3 Prabhu Patana ( Pathare) Kadi and Baroda Districts 4 Kayastha In the four Districts of the State 5 Panch.Kalashi Amreli 6 Vi 7 Kathi Amreli, Kadi and Baroda 8 Vadhel Amreli 9 Rajputs of all castes In the four Districts of the State 10 Kshatriya Hindustani 11 Purabia " 12 Maratha " 13 Arya Amreli and Kadi 14 Madrasi- N aid u Navsari 15 Bangali Ghose Aroreli, !Cadi and Navsari 16 Tamboli In the four Districts of the State 17 Bhatiya " 18 Komti Baroda 19 Lavana In the four Districts of the Stu te 20 Bhana,>.uli Amreli Agriculturists and Cattle graziers. 21 Kunbi Lewa In the four Districts of the Stn te 22 Kadava .. " 23 ., Anjana Kadi, N avsari and Baroda Uda 24 " Navsari and Baroda 25 " Reva NavSl1ri Gujjar 26 " Amreli and Navsari 81 Other Hindu Castes besides Brahmans and Vanias. 0 Z Name of Caste. N allle of the District in which it is fonnd to exist. ~OJ t:L1 1 2 3 27 Kunbi Dakshilli In the four Districts of the State 28 Hindustani " " 29 Marwadi Kadi, Navsari and Baroda " 30 Matia Navsari " 31 Unspecified In the four Districts of the State " 32 Lodh " 33 Kachhia " 34 Kachhia Hindustani Baroda 30 Khamar Kadi, Navsari and Baroda 36 Mali Gujarati In the four Districts of the State 37 Mali Marwadi Kadi 38 Sathvara . In the four Districts of the State :i9 Sagaria Amreli and Baroda 40 Kbarak Amreli 41 Vanzara In the four Districts of the State 42 Lonari Baroda 43 Bharvad In the four Districts of the State 44 Rabari " 45 Ahir Gujarati " 46 Ahir Hindustani " 47 DhaI~gar Dakshini " 48 Gavali Daksbini Ann'eli and Baroda 49 Khat Amreli, Kadi and Baroda 50 Others In the fOllr Districts of the State Fish catchers, &:c. 51 Kharva ( Khalasi ) In the four Districts of the State 52 Bhoi ( Kahar ) IIn the four Districts of the State 82 Other Hindu Castes besides Brahmans and Vanias. o Z Name of Caste. Name oJ'the District in which it is found to exist. d "0::: U1'" 1 2 3 53 Machhi IIn the four Districts of the State Artisans 9"0. 54 Soni Gujarati In the four Districts of the State Dakshini 55 " " 56 ,. Marwadi Kadi, Navsari and .13aroda 57 Soni Hindustani Navsari and Baroda 58 Kansara Gujarati In the four Districts of the State- 59 Tambat Dakshini Navsari and Baroda 60 Kansara HilldusJani Baroda 61 Chi tara " 6 ~ Lohar Gujarati In the four Districts of the State 63 Lahar Marwadi Kadi and Baroda 64 Lahar Hindustnni Baroda 65 Lahar Dakshini Navsari t36 Kadia Gujarati Amreli, Kadi and Baroda 67 Chhovari Kadi (is G:lvilndi Dakshini " 69 Saint Gujarati In the four Districts of the State 70 Marwacli Kadi and Baroda " '71 Hindustani Amreii, Kudi and Baroda " 72 Dn.kshini Kneli and Baroda 7::> Dalvadi Amreli, Kad~ ar..d Baroda 74 Kmnbhar Gujarati In the four Districts of the State 75 Dakshini Amreli " 76 Marwadi ( Maru ) Arm"eli, Kadi and Baroda " 77 Hindustani Kadi " 78 Sutar Gujarati In the four Districts- of the State 83 OthCT 17.'ind'u C[t/jtcs bcsides Brahmans Clnd Vanias. Name ot the Distri~t in whidl it i3 found to exist· 2 79 Sutar Daksllini Nuvsari and Baroda 80 :Marwadi Amreli, Kadi and Baroch " 81 Hindustani ( Dr-dltai ) Amreli, and Baroda " 8:3 Chunarrt In the fonr Di"tricts of the State 83 Kharadi I\.adi, Nal'sari and Baroda 84 Khatri 'Vanjha In the four Districts of the State 85 Uangrej Kneli 8G Sal",] ( Sali ) Amreli, E:adi and Baroda 87 Bhavsal' ( Chhipn ) In the four Districts of the State 83 Galiara Kaeli, Nanmri auJ Dawda 89 Darzi Glljarati In the four Districts of the State 90 Shimpi Dakshini Navsari and Baroda 91 Darzi Hindustan i Amreji, Navsari and Baroda ~2 Darzi Marwadi Kneli and Baroda 93 Gbanehi In the fllm' Districts of the ~tate \)4 Teli " 95 Teli Hindustani Baroda DG I~alal Aillreli, Kueli and Baroda !J7 Bhadbhunja. In the fOUl' Districts of the State !J8 ,~ Hinc1ustall i: Kadi nud Baroda G9 l'IIochi In the fonr Districts of the State 100 Dabgar 101 Shikaligar ( ~arania ) " 102 Patva Bnl'o(11l 103 Dh::t1gal' Km1i 104 Jingnr Gujarati Naysarl and Baroch lO:i Jingnl' Dukshilli Navs!1l'i and Bal'och c. s, 21 84 Other Hind'll Castes besides Brakmcms and Vanias. N aIDe of Caete. Name of the Di,;tl'ict in wllieh it i" fOllnd to ('xist. -1-1 Lakhvara ( those who ~:mke 100 long bangles. ) Kadi 107 Pinjal'fl Kadi, and Navsari 108 B.wdhara Navsari and Baroda 109 Kasal' Daskshini Amreli, Nn.vsari and Baroda no Kandoi Gujarati Kneli, Navsari and Baroda 111 Hindustani Naysari and Baroda " 112 Pancholi. Amreli. Navsari and Baroda 113 Timalia. Navsari 11<1, Raoblmra. " Those ,dtO do ltou.e·/told or domestie service. 1] 5 Dhobi Gujarati In the four Districts of the State 1 16 Parit Da!.::shini Navsari and Baroda 11 i Dhobi Hindustani In the fonr Districts of the State llS Marwadi Baroda " liD Ibjam Gujarnti In the fuur Districts of thc State Dakshini ( Nhn\'; ) J:W " 121 Hindnstalli ( Nnn ) " ,. Mnl'\\"adi Kadi and Baroda ]:23 Kllllvns Amreli, Kadi and Baroda 124 Paklmli ( Bhi"Li 125 Others Kuc1i '1'110,·'1', 1/'110 fullow low Jl1'Ofessions. l::?G Bhavaiya In the four Districts of t)Je ,~tnte I ~7 GalHlh:u\'H Kfldi and Baroda 128 Bll:tII<1 Amreli, ,Kaeli aild BaroeLl, Nays,wi and BDl'ocla Other J-ftndll Castes besides Brahmans and Vanias . .:; Z Name nf Caste. Name of the Distriet ill ",hie!1 if; i~ fuund to (,};j"t. 1 2 130 Kasl.mn Kadi and Nn\"snri 131 Kamalia Kadi 132 Dhadhi Amrt~li and K:Hli 133 Mil' Amrcli. Kac1i and Baroda 134 Nat " 135 J agari Pntar Kadi ] 3G Others Kadi and Haroda. ~flb(}WfCrS and 'I.-·a.,]I'Ctnts. 137 Gala In the four Districts of the Stale 138 Havalia " 139 Bayacha " 140 Vansphoch Kadi and Bllroua 141 Burnd NaV5al'i and Baroda 142 Vaghari In the four Districts of the State 143 Odh " 144 .Tat " 145 Jcthi Mal Kadi 146 K:llnathi Baroda 14.7 Chamatha Aillreli ana Baroda 148 Bajani:l. Kadi and Rtl'oda 14() i Thori LSO Vadi ].')1 Pomala J 52 Hijada 153 Bhandari 154 Gclot 155 Noli Amn:di 86 Other 11 indH Ca8Les besides Bralt lJIans and Vanias . ,). , 15(; Mal Baroch Amreli 1 ~) 7 D~pala In the fonr Districts of the Strttc 1"';"; Others T/lt),,·c 'IC(JO muil/tain themselees on (llms and diaTity. 15G Bhat In the fom" Districts of the State 1GO Chanin Amreli, Kadi and Baroda 161 Gosain In the fom Districts of tll8 State 102 Khakbi 103 Veragi 164 Jogi " 165 Nanakshai Amreli, Kadi alld Baroda IGG Jang[lnl " 167 Sadhu In the four Districts 0 the State 168 Sannyashi Amreli, Kadi Hnd Barodft Hi() Br(thmacLari. 170 KLtpudi " 171 KLtufatn. " l7g Bhnrthal'i In tho four Districts of the State 173 Gorji Amr",li and Kadi 1';"..t Nath D,dzsllill: Amreli, Kaysari and Baroda 1,;) Digambel' Kndi [I.llel Baroda 1.6 Panada AmI"eli 177 Bava In the four Districts oftbc State l'S Others 170 Garoda In the four Dist.ricts of tbe ;:'tate ISO Dhcc1 Otlie7' IIindu Castes besides BTan.mans and Vamas. Name of Caste. N arne of tIle District ill I1lt iel, it is fonnd to exj~t. 1 2 181 Parvari Baroda 182 ~Iahar In the four Distr-icts of the State Khalpa 183 " 184 Chambhar Amreli and Baroila 185 Ramosbi Kadi and Baroda laG Turi Amreli, Kadi and Baroda 187 Holar Baroda 188 Bhangia (Olgana) In the four Districts of the State 189 Sil1va (Sindhva) Kadi and Baroda 190 Meghvar Amreli 191 Dhedna-Sadhu In the four Districts of the State 192 Mang Kadi, Navsari and Baroda 193 Others Amreli, Kadi and Baroda Animz"stics 01' Forest Tribes. 194 Bhil In the four Districts of the State 195 Koli Chunvalia ,. 196 "Patanvndia. " 197 ,. Talapada. ., 198 "Marathi and Ghanii Kadi and Baroda 199 "Kokni Anu'eli, Navsari and Baroda 200 Other Kolis In the four Districts of the State 201 Dhanaka Kadi, N a vsari and En roda 202 Nayakada In the four Diskicts of the State 203 Chodhara " 204 Varli Navsari and Baroda 205 Val vi Navsari and Baroda 206 DubIa. J' O. 8. 22 88 Other 11 indu Castes besides Brahmans and Vctnias . .:; z Namc' of Cast", Name or tho District ill which it. is found to exist. ';l. '~ 'fl" - 1 --~ 2 ::; 2 07 Dh II nella. I(adi, N avsari and Baroda 2 08 Gamit Kadi and Navsari )09 Vagher Amreli, Navsari and Bat'cch 2 10 Mehel' Amreli and Kadi )11 Kathodi Navsari 2 12 Talusirt In the four Districts of the State 13 Kok:lOtl Navsari and Baroda 214 ParadlJi Navsari 215 Khaut Amreli, Kadi and Navnri 216 l\Ieu(L AmreJi and Kadi 217 Pasi Amrcli, Baroda and Ku.:1i :HS Mavachi Kadi, Navsari and Baroda :: U) Nimatia Navsari and Baroda 220 Other Forest 'J'ribes In the four Districts of the State 221 Agl'i NaVSlLl'i 222 Kotwul NaVSlLl'i and Baroda Other castes unspecified. 223 Sikh Hindn Amreli and Baroda :.12,1 Harsha.i "tt Baroda 89 7. It is not necessary to give here the result of the labour of these Com mittees, but some gt:>neral remarks may be made. But it The result of the enquiries appears that the Oommittees have failed to classify the .hy the Committees. castes into the Ii ve groups suggesteu. by Mr. Risley:- ( I) Representatives of the three twice-born castes oHhe traditional system. (II) Sat Sudra, including the Kaynsthas :md the Nabasakh groups. (III) Jalacharniya ~udra. (IV) J alavyahariya Sudra. (V', Asprishya Sudm. The reason is that these distinctions are not observable among the Hindus ·of the Gaekwari Territories. Only the fourth and the fifth can be classified to a certain extent. The replies received fmm some of the Committees indicate absence of zeal and intel ligence. Thus all the information, that was expected is not forthcoming. s. The followillg questions, drawn up for the guidance of the Committees, 'fhe questions proposell. will show the scope and extent of the enquiry that it was proposed to make;- Ethnographic Questions. ( Translation ):- 1. State the caste which you belong to '? 2. Of what greater casto it is a sub-caste? 3. State the origin from which the caste, which you belong to, derives its name? 4. Has your caste originated at the place where you now live, or lIll,;; it; come from outside ? 5. If it has como from outside, llame the country {rom wherc it came. 6. Is the caste now in existence at that place? 7. If so, have you any connection. with it there? 8. If so, state what sort of connection you kecp; if not, state reasons 101' the sanle. 9. (In the latter case) If SOUle one 'were to keep any connection with that caste, would your caste make him suffer any penalty for that? 10. Can you give the name of the iirst ancestor of your I.!ttste '? ] 1. What form of marriage is preyalent in your caste? 12. Is marriage infant or adult? 13. Can a marriage be dissoh'od ? 14. Is tho re-marriage of , .... idows permitted in your ea"te 15. If the marriage cannot be null ::mc1 void, which is tha,t ceremollY after w'hich the tie becomes ins8perabla? 90 16. Are you requiredto give any thing to the bride-groom or bride for the marriage? If so, state what it is that you give. 17. Is there any custom among yon to give any-thing to the parents of the bride-groom or bride to induce them to perform the marriage? If so, state wha.t that cnstom is. 18. State approximately when and why the custOlYl originated. 19. Is polygamy permitted alllong you? Is polyandry permitted? 20. 'Vha,t is the average age fixed in your caste for getting a daughte'r married? 21. Can uny girl be married beyond that age ~ If so, would the castc take any objection to it 1 Which is the maximum age beyond which mar riage is not allowed iu the caste? 22. Does the girl after marriage live at her parents' or is she sent to hel" husband's house ? 23. If she is sent to her husband's honse, is consummation with her hus band allowed from that very t.ime ? 24_ Is there any age or other limit. fixed for consummation of marriage in your caste ?: 25. Is co-habitation allowed with a girl before her menstruation? 26. If there exists snch a cllstom, at what age is she sent to her husband's house? 27. In spite of such a custom, if she menstrt~ates at her .parent's hbu::;e, does the caste inflict any punishment? 28. State the castes with whom your caste allows intermarriages? 29. If you cannot intermarry with any caste at present, was such inter marriage ever permissible 1Jcfore; if so with what. caste ? SO. ,\Vhy h::J,Ye such marriages ceased, and is there any objection to revive the custom? 31. Do those other castes (,,"ith whom you used to intermarry) now take any objection for such marriages in your caste 1 32. Is there any restriction as to your not marrying with c~rtaill families or persons in your caste ~ 33. With what relations can you not marry? 34. J s there any objection to marry in one :111.0_ the sltmc Gotra ~ 35. Is there any objection to marry in one Pra'IJan:(; ? SG. Has t.he cn"tc any recognised form of marriage? If so, state concisely aU those ceremonies. A lso state all the scriptural em"emonies performed such as Haslct .Mclap, flom and Saptapacli &c. ,j7. Dose the caste empluy Brahmans for religious and cerem.onial purposes, or call any man of another caste "erve as a priest P SS. If you!' caste employs a Brahman for the performance of a marriage· cercIIlOny, should. he ue of your eustc? or would a Bt'ahman of any other mste do ? 91 39. Are the 16 forms of ceremonies prescribed in the Shastras from birth till death performed in your cnste ? If so, whether all or some of them only Dre performed? If some only, state which of them are performed \Vho serves you as priest in performing these ceremrmies 1 40. Do you put on a sacred threun ? 41. If so, do you change it every ye:tr ? If so, ,vho i" employed as priest? 42. Are you required to oosen'e Sutak (mourning) for the dead and Vridki fot, t1Je new born? 43. If so, state the occasion anti tlJe period for which it is observed ~ 44. In observing Stela!,; state what you are required to do and abstaiu from doing. ",. 45. Can you worshi p your:' Gods in either SutaT.: or Vridlli ~ If so, under what conditions? 46. Are nny prohibitions placed on )YOU,len of yaHI' caste during their periodical illness? If flO, state them. 47. Is any ohjection taken u,mong you to touch wOlllen III confinemellt? If so, state its nature ana duration. 48. Is the touch of n low-born caste considered impure in your caste? If so, state , ..... hnt removes that impurity. State also the low-born castes whose touch brings about this consequence. . ' 49. Is a touch to the cooked food from a person of any caste or a drop of water coming in contact with you from any caste considered llll pure among yon? If so, mention the names of the castes. 50. Is ai1 In:ml food used in your caste? 51. If so, of what kind of animals should it be? 52. 1s drinking permitted in your caste 1 If so, state the nature of the license. 53. Is smoking tobaccu or Gunia or both permitted in your caste? If permitted stn.te whether this previlege extends to doing it by weaDS of HltHlt ( Hobble bobble} pipe or cigarette? 54. If smoking by hobble-bobble is permitted, state the castes whose IJllkl.'u you can smoke. 55. StIne also to what CI1StCR yon \\"olllr1 allow RlOo],ing your JIllk!.;rr. 5(). Hrwe YUll any connection of intermarriage or interdining or wntcr drinking with tbose cDstes whORe IJukka yon 0:111 Rmoke and to 'Whom you can allow smoking yout' II uklm ? If so, state what sort of COll nection you keep with theln. 57. In ClIi;C smoking by a pipe only be allowed ill yom caste, state to whicll of tbe castes yon would alIo)y smoking from. yonI' pipe without changing t.he sa{l (cloth attached to Lhe pipe). Also f'tate the castes whose pipe you will usc as :shown a10yo. 58. Is your caste forbidden to smoke the pipe of allY caste .vhatsoever eYen after changing the Sufi. c. s. 23 92 ,')9. Have you any connection of intermarriage, intcr.dining or water drinking with those castes with whom you can exchange your pipe as shown above? If so, state what sort of connection you keep with them. GO. Name the castes besides your o\vn, whose cooked food you can use. 61. Name those castes who can use the cooked food of your castes. 62. Name the castes whose paklci you can eat. 63. Name the c3stes who can ea,t your paTcki. 64. Name the castes from whose house you can drink water. 65. NHme the castes who cftn drink water at yom·s. 6G. State the ~astes [rom whose hands YOll can drink ,,-ater. 67. State the castes who can elI-ink water' from your hands. 68. Have you any sort of connection with those castes with ,vhom you are on terms of inter-dining, eating pakki, or drinking Wltter? If so, state those castes with whom you have that connection. 69. In your caste, does the custom prevail of purifying yourself by bltth· ing or by some other means ut and before each meal? If so, state the same in detail. 70. Can more than one man take their meal from one and the same dish? 71. Is therc a custom in your casto to eat the residue of any body's dish? If so. whose leavings can be so eaten and to what extenH 7Z. Docs the ca.stc burn or bury the dead? or are the dead disposed of otherwise :tfter burning some part of the dead. 73. Is there any special arrangement for the disposal of the ashes or bones of the dead. 7,1. Is any ceremony required to be performed immediately on the death of some one in your caste? If so ,vhat ceremony is required to be performed? And who ser\'c as priests at that performance? 7:3. Is any ceremony required to br. performed at the time of burning, burying or otherwise disposing of the dead? If so what is that cerc mony? amI who SCl'\'e as priests in its performance? 7G. Does the caste perform any of the daily, monthly, half-yearly, and YCltrly ceremonies after the dead? If so, what those ceremonies are? and who serve as priests in their performance? 77. Are any dinner-parties required to bc given in the caste after the dead? If so, wll0 are invited to dinner? 78. Does the caste perform the annual ceremony and Shrarlclha for the propitiation of the dead nnscestors? If so, is any scriptuml ceremony, required to be performed. 70. Are rice-balls offered or any other ceremony performed ill their stead? 80. Is there fl, cllstom in your caste of pouring watcr on the PipaZa tree or Tulsi for the propitiation of YOllr anscestors? If so, state on what occas~ons this is done. S 1. Is the order of inheritrl.l1ce in YOUl' caste according to Hindu religious scriptures or accol'ding to any other S11astrasr 93 82. In there :my custom in your caste which has made any change in the principles of that Shastras? 83. Is the caste prohibited £i'orn {allowing any occupation whatsoever? If so, state such occupations. 84. vVhat is the traditional occLlpation of your caste? Does the caste follow generally ::my purticnbr occupation? If so, state what that occupation is? 85. If any man of your caste {allows any of the forbidden occupations. is he liable to sufrer allY punishment by the clLste~ If 80, state the pen alty. 86. Is foreign tl'uvel prohibited in your caste? If so. to what countries does the prohibition extend? 87. Give the names of yom' family god? 88. Do you worship any tree, plaut, animlLl, or weapon? If so, state which of those you worship unJ on what occasions? Special interrogatories for Brahmins.· 89. State what Jitferent Vedas your caste belongs to? 90, State how many and what Gotras there are in your caste? (State the Endogamous groups?) 91. State how mnny and which divisions are formcd from Pravara in your caste? ~)2. State how many and which of the ShaTdlas does your caste belong to? 93. Do you dail.V ]Jer[orlll the six religious cerelllunies which the Smriti and the Shastra dictate~ If you do, state those which yon perform. 94. State the religion and sects of your caste. If the religion be Hindu, do its folluwers select one deity out of the many they have, and wor ship that deity alone? And is there any special reason for their wor shipping only one deity? 95. 'Yhat minor deity or what great sagoe (religious personage) do the castemen worship or hold in high reverence? On what days in the week and what sorts of Bhog (dishes) are offered to them, and people of what caste partake of them? Is there any rule that warnell or children should worship the ~aicl deity or sage? These questions will show that some of Mr. Risley's questions were expanded and enlttrged, and somc werc omitted, being of an obnoxious nature, having regard to the castes to which they were to be addressed. In addition to this cnquil'Y four special castes were also ordered to lJe inquired into by means of special 'luestions, vVhat these castes are, willlLppear from the list given below. Most of the q llestions that were put to members of these C:1stes wer(' the same as those put to the Brahmans :1l1c1 the Vanias; but a slight modification was made with regard to the others both by additions and ommissions. The additions were of those questions that were cotlsiJered obnoxious in the caste of Brahmans and Vanius; and the ommissions were of those questions only which were unnecessary ha....-ing regard to their status, cllstoms, &c. The majority of the questions, in the two sets A and n of the Etlmo graphic Lurstions are the same. Only a few of them differ a little ill their ,yordings in both; while some of them are dropped from set.A and ocell,' in B as new questions altogether. .A.lso a f<.:w of the questionj3 giyen in A are not to be found in B. They are Nos. 40, 41, 42, 43, 44,45,47, 69, 70, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, and 93. Those that are added newly to the remnining questions in the A set to furm the set B are:- ;;. And reln.te the tradition, if there be any, as to how your caste obtained its present name. 4. Are tbeee any other castes furmed out of your own? If so, state what they are. 12. Do they admit out·siders into the caste? If so from what c1nsses, by what forms, and under what conditions? J 4. If marriages are performed at nn ad vaneed age and if consummution takes place before marriage, is it allowed to pass over or tal;:en 110 notice of by the castemen~ 16. Is the remarriage of widows permitted? If ';0, is the widow obligeu or expected to malTY her husband's elder or younger brother? If she (Ioes not marry hcr deceased husband's brother, within what limits . may she marry? 'Vhat form of marriage ceremony is used. and what is the es:;ential and binding portion of it? 17. Under wlu"t causes can a husband divorce a wife and vice versa? And what rite is required tu be formed in its connection? l\fay wives who h:we been divorced marry again~ 2:2. If tllc wales of your caste can marry more wivcl:! than one, while tbe tin;t one is aliye. on v,"lmt conditions and to wlmt limit snch marriages :trc allmvec1? 77. Is the caste or any of its sub-divisions, named after allY animal, plant, w(:.upou or implement? 78. Are snch things offered a special worship? 7~. Is any of these respeetcd in one Iyay 01' the other, by its not being killed or IJot being lIsed as an article of food nor by refraining from burnillg, cutting or using it in any other manner, or by not even mentioning its name? 83. And how far (to 'What extent)hl1VCl all your castemen or some of tbem given np their traditional occupation? And do your caste·people fol1ow ordinarily anyone of the occupations at the present time? If so, wbat is it? 8,1. If any of your cnste people be following the occl1pationof a,griculturc" state their prescnt position amongst the agriculturists, or say under what group or class do they fall outof the following:- (1) Zaminaars. 95 (2) Tenure holders, specif.yillg the kind of tenures they hold; (3) Occupancy 01' non· occupancy raiyats, stating whether they ha.ve or claim any privileges in respect of rent; (4) Nomadic cultivators, specifying thc mod~ of cultivation they follow; (5) Landless day-labourer:>; stating the manner in which they are paid. 85. If their occupation is that of:- (a) Arti.lans, what is their industry, and in what special material do they work, or abstain from working. (b) Hunters, do they catch game or vermin? (c) Fishermen, do they catch fish only, or also eroco-diles and tor toises. ? (d) Sweepers, do tIley remove night soil, or not ? 86. Name any implemont or mode of working which is characteristic of the caste, n.nd also note whether there is any form or detail of their main occupation by abstaining from which they believe themselves to be raised above other,.; of the same craft? 9. The various Committees commenced their work after 1-1-1901 when the Circular No. 22. the text of which is given below, Circlliar to the Commit- vms notified to them. tee!'. Tr::mslatiClll :- Ci1'tuhw K o. 22. " The papers relating to the Ethnloogical enquiries, such as the scheme &c_ bearing Nos. 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 and the lists of questions marked A and B have all been despatched to the mf',mbers of the respective Committees. Besides, the Pre sidents of the Ethnogra.phic Committees must have recei,' cd the requisit No. of spare copies of the invitation letter and tho question!'\. The President and t.he members of each of the Comn~ittees will now kindly arrange to send their final reports, (so as to reacp. this office up to the 1st of February HlOl ) as to their having commenced the work of Ethnogrnpbic enqnil'y in accordance with the dir ections given in the scheme. Datad lst J'anuary 1901." 10. 'eIte CUlIllllittee&, appear to lHl\'{' worked with some interest, and tlwy sent in the results of their labours al'l advised. These re A rrn.nging the results of sults ,vere propel'ly arranged in my office. after a long in the Ethnographic Commit. tees. quit'Y and were sent to the Census Commissioner for appro'yal. They hose been (,In bodied in my Census Report in the Chapter on Caste. c. :.. 24 96 11. ]lr. Risely, has sent following reply thereou:- 1lr. Risley';;; remark;;; on ,he same. Office of Census Commissioner for India., Calcutta: the STd .iJ1ay HJ02. No. II. FIWM, H. H. HISLEY ESQUIRE C. r. E. Census Commissioner for India. To, TTlR SGPERlNTENDEN']' Census Operations. BARODA STATE. SIR, ,Vith refcl'ence to yOU[' Letter No. 264 dated the 14th April ]~02. I have the honour to thank you for the very interesting study you have made of the difficult questiolt of castc precedence. Your researches will add vcry mate· rially to our scanty knowledge of the subject. I ha,-e &c., (3d.) H. H. HISLEY, Census Commissioner, for In(liu. CHAPTER XI. Fourth batch 0/ Ci1·czdars. 1. Along with the work mentioned ill tile preceding Cllaptcl", a fourCh b::ttch of circulflrs Was prepared and published, of whidl Inspection by hight'r d h' h the first relate to the inspection by 19 C1" anthOl'ities {lffici'rs. of the numbering of hOllses, which was going on in obeaie!l<~e to Cit'cubr No. 13. It was ::ts fo]!ows:- 37 (Translation.) Circular No. 16 " The Census work in the DistrIct will be generally inspected by Oircular No. 16. n,ll the District OfHcers illclwling the Subas (Divisional), Naeb-Subas. Vahivatdars and Nn"b.Follzllal's; hut it is l'pc('ially ncccss:1J'Y to see whether the instrnctions contained i!! the Cil'culal' Nos. ~ and 13 dated 18·6·19()O and 4·~)-1 800 re"'pectively, havd been correctly ncted npon; fOl', thc8e Cil'clll:Hs chiefly form the ground-work of the CensLls :HTallgemellts. It is. thel'efore, notified that the following a.rrangements should be made f;)l' checking the numhers which will be pointed on honp,es nlldel' these cirenlar;:;:- (1) The Naeb~Fouzdar should ini'pect in conformity with rule 25 of Circular No, 1)1 dnted 4-U-1900. (2) The Vahivatdars sholll,l test 5 percellt. of the tota.l !lumber of Louses in the Mabal ::md lIot leave ;t ::;ingle village unchecked, jf pos;;ible. (3) The Na.eb·Suba should test i) percent of houses in at least 5 villngcs of each of' the Mahals in hil:l Suh-di vi sion. He should, if possible, select large villages for this work j n fiS III uch as the Mahal officers arc likeI y to meet with difficulties in numbering in such viI· lages. (4) The Suba ( DivisiolJal ) ill IIi::; Division will be good enough to test as many \'illnges ar.d nUmbE'l'S :1S may seem proper. 2. orio'inal should lIoL be Jet:Lined Cur tcstil1O' The o Stlttement the 0 work, \vbich mny he done fn1ll1 the duplicate that ,viII I'C- main with the TnJati of the villnge. The testillg wUl·k dlwuld be Jone while tho paiuttng I)f Ill1111 bel'S is in progress, 01' withi\] OliO month aftcl' the date fixed for its completion at the end ofOd.ob81', in Cil'Clll:ll' :\To. 13 dated 4·~.1 ~OO. 4. The V::lhilratdars "liould fill in ;111:1 "elld direct·, to tl,i" ufiiee a. report in the accol1lpanyillt2,' fOI'm, within 5 <1f1Y." Hrter I'he (!0mpletion of tbe period ullo\\'ed for the testing work. 5. Every officer should certify below the Talati's statements the testing work done by him, giving the requisite particu. hrs, such ns his nnme, the name of the vil1age, circle and block nnd the number of houses tested, and the Talati should immediately send (t copy of it to the Vabivatdar who wilJ pla.ee all re~ol',l the wOl·k of testing done by himself_ in r '·det· 98 to facilitate the preparation of the report to be sent to this. office. Dated 10th October 1900. ~, Report to be submited to the Huzur Census Office, Baroda,. by the Vahivatdar ( Yaba1 ) in regard to the work done by clifiel'ent officers of testing numbers 011 houses. painted, uncleI' Circular No. 13 dated 4.9·1900 in ( ) Mahal. Kame of the NncL-Fol1zdar. Nmnc of the Thona,. Totul number of villag-es in the Thana. Deduct the number of villages tested. Number of villages not tested. Total num bel' of villages. Names of the villages not tested. JYote. Severe notice will be taken of the Naeb Fouzdar in whose Thana a single village will be reported above as un tested aftor tlw completion of the numbering work. Statement sTtoldu[! tlte wori'.: oj testing done by the VaTtz'vatdar. ----1-1--;--;----~---5----6----7- Statement slwwin.ll tIle lI:orl~ oj testing done by tlte j\7aev-Subas u'ho are to [test 5 peroent of houses in <1tleast 5 'oilloges of eaclt j_11altal under litem. -;--\ O 2 I--~-I---;-- ---I----~I-·_ --o--J---- 99 TaUe- shou'in,q tIle wad;_; oj t,'sting done fly Subct. Total nnmber of Name of the houses in the Number of houses Date when testing- village tested. village. checked. was done. 1 2 4 Forwarded to the Census Superintendent. Dated. Vahivatdnr. ( Mahal ). 2. The Vahivatdars represented to be alluwed to take the Aval Ii:i:rkuns ttl Aval Kal"kuns to help help in the said work. As their representr..tion appeared to me reasonable. Oircular No. 17 was issued :1~ the Vahivatdars. folJows:- Cireulnr No. 17. ( Translation ):- " To preserve uniformity of working in all the Talukas, it 1" it Circnlar No. 17. ordered that, will not be objected to if the work of inspection is done by the A val Karkuns in behalf of the Vahivatc1ars; but it is specially to be horne in mind that the responsibility fOJ' errors will rest on the Vahivatdars alone. G November 1900". 3. Eleven days later Circular No.1 S was issued in the following terms, fot' Boating population cn- enumerating thc boating popubtion- umerated. ( Translation ):- Circ,dm' No. 18. To, The Vahivatdar, Maim!. " If It person is going tu leftve Q, Port or landing place to travel CirclIlar No. 18, by watel', or if he lands at a Port 01' a Ghat ( bnding place) on the night of the Census. after such journey, he should be entered by the Enumerator in the Block-book in which the Port or land ing place has been included; or if such port or landing pluct' constitutes an independent Block al10tted to :1n independent c. s. 25 100 Enumerator, he should be enumerated by the independent Enumerator. Every such enumerated passenger will be supplied with an Enumeration ticket. If a Port or landing place has not already been included in a Block or formed into an independent Block, a special Enu merator should be appointed on the Census day for the registration of passcngers at such Port or Ghat (landing place ), and he should enter them in the supplementary book " or loose forms given him and supply them with Enumera tion tickets. The supplementary book or the loose forms thus filled should be attached to, and their figure incorporated in, that of the principal book: of the block to which the Port or Ghat is adjacent. 2. In short the snme procedure is to be followed in reference to the passenger:,; embarking on sbip or boatas will be followed in reference to the passengers going by the Railway, that is to say, the Enumerators concerned should enter in their books the passengers embarking or landing at different parts from S P. M., on the night of the Census to 6 A.]\f. in the morning of the next day, giving them Enumeration tickets; and should count all the remaining passengers on the ship a.t the Port where the ship anchors after 6 A. lIf. of the same day. 3. But it is necessary to make special arrangements for the enumeration of those on board the ships or boats that have cast anchor at a Port or Ghnt or that are en voyage hy sea on the night of the Census, a circumst::mce which has neces sitated the issue of this Circular. 4. In th'.: lit'st instance, it shoulcl he borne in mind that those who reside and take their meals on lund, but pass the whole or a part of the night in boats in pursuance of their occupa tion, such as fishers engagecl in fishing, labourers employed at night in loading or unloading 6hip& with cargo, &c., should be enumerated by the Enumerator of the Block: in which their houses are situated, as if they were present at home. Others, 'Viz., the crew, passengers, &c., who are permanently remaining on board the ships or boats will be entered there, on the night of the Census. 5,. Vessels sailing nnder foreign colours are not to be enume. rated, unless they happen to be lying in a harbour of this Territory on the night of the Census. Note:-By Vessels sailing under fureign colours are meant: t.hose which bear the :flag of any other foreign power except the flag of the British IJower, or any other Indian Native State. 101 6. Vessels whether sailing uuder British 01" f::;reign colours which leave before the Census llight and are bound for a Port beyond British Iudia or Burmah, ::.hould not be enume rated. 7. For the enumeration of the peop1e on hoard the vessels, bOllt &c .• Jying at anchor 111 a Port or at a landing place, 3. special Enumerator should be appointed and supplied with the fol lowing materials, viz. (1) Special Enumeration book for the Port. (2) Special loo,;;e forms for the Port, in English or Gujarati, as the case may be. (3) Ellllmeration passes intended for the master of a vessel as responsible for the enumeration of those on it. (4) The contingent allowance. 8. The above materials must be furnished to the Enumerator about four or five days previous tothe Census day and imme. diately on receiving them he should proceed to the place to which he may have been appointed; and he should enter in his book the Master (Tindal) crew, &c, of those vessels, &c, which will be found to have to remain in the Port or at the landing place until after the Census. !). A new page should be used for every ship or boat as if it were an independent house by itself; and if there be more than 8 persons on a ship the number in excess should be entered on the next following page. only marking on the second page the number of the ship with the word "conti nued". 10. He should proceed to the port at 8 o'clock on the night of the Census and compare the facts then existing with those already recorded, making the necessnryadditions and olluuis slom; according to the information. then elicited; and then he should acquire enmneI":ttion passes from every ship, &c; which cast nnchor there npto G o'clock in the morning of the next day and enumerate the people on board the vessel which does not produce a ticket. ]]. Of the pepole on board the yesse), the llame of the Master (Tindal) should be recorued :first, then the crew and the other servants and lastly the names of the passengers, under a lil10 scpnrating them from the crew 1:3. This special Enumerator should proyide the Enumeration. pass issued for the purpose to the Master, Tindr..l or any other person who may be Rt the head of the establishment of the yessel, the inmates of which he (the Enumerator) en tel'S in his book. 10:::: 13. The head of the vessel, whether he may be a Master, Tindal. Captain &c, is responsible for seeing :1 correct enumeration made of the people on the vessel. 14. The head of the vessel should be requested not to allow allY one of the crew or other servants to go ashore between Ii. p. m. of the Census day and G a. m. of the nextday. He ehould also be requested to give a certificate of enumeration to the persoil going on shore, in a case of emergency, with '" instructions to produce it in the event of any other Enume rator on land going to re-enumerate him. 15. If any officer of a vessel undertakes to enumerate his people himself the Enumerator should supply him with loose form;;; two or three days previous to the date of the Census and take them back on that night or in the morning of the day next to it. He should see that they are properly filled, call, the roll if necessary, and attach tllese forms at the end of hi,; book. 16. You and the officer of the Port should arrange for supplying the special Enumerator with the means of visiting eyery vessel or boat in this way. 17. If a vessel is leaving the harbour between the date of the commencement of the Preliminary Record of entries and the Census day, and is bound for nnother Port in India or British Burma, which it is not expected to reaeh until after the night of the Censlls, the Enumerator at the Port of depar t:ure should supply the Tind::tl (the head of the vessel) with the necessary forms and instrnct him to fill them up, du ring the night of the Censw', and deliver them, duly certi fied, to the customs or other officers who may ask for them at the Port first touched nt after 6. a. m. on the morning of the next dny. The POl·t tobe touched at may be ascertained wherever it is practica.hle to do so. 18. If a vessel arrive in hnrbonr from another Port of India Ol" British Burma between 6 A 111. of the day next to the Census and the e\-ening of the fifteenth day after that, it is neces· sary to ascertain whether its people have been enumerated. The officer, therefore, whose duty it is to be always present at the Port for the purpose of collecting customs duty or for the purpose of watching the Port, should be instructed', by the Yahi\-atdtLr and his other superiors to ask for enume ration tickets or a filled enumeration schedule from the head Officer of such yessel; and if none could be produced, their enumeration should be made on the loose forms with the Officer, which should be sent to you. You should on receiving such forms, forward them on at once to this office. The necessary supply of forms should be given to 103 eyery Port·officer for the enumemtion of the people on board the vessels arri\'ing subsequently. 4. Thl'ce days after that, i. e. on 20th Nm'ember ] 900, Cit'cular No. 19 for enumerating the people living within Military limits was Enumeration of I'Cl'sons published as follo\\'s:- Jiving within Military limits (Translation ). " The enumeration of Soldiers and their followers in the service Cinmlar No. 19, of this State, is to be made by the local officers, with the assistance of the of'· ficer in command of the force; and His Excellency the Sena· pati Saheb. having been requested in the matter, has been kind enough to make the necessary arrangements by issuing an order in his Department to render assistance. 2. Men of the regular disciplined force and their followers will be registered .at their lines, if they take their meals in the lines. J. In some cases. Military men and their followers take their meals in the city or a town or village, and are present in the lines during the night. Such people should be counted on the Census da.y, in their l'espective lines, no matter if ally one of them is absent from the lines for some business. Such persons are not to be counted in the city, town or village. 4. If, however they do not live in the lines on account of sickness or any other canse, they should be counted in the Block in which they reside. f). The families of the Military men and their fol1owers shouId be enumcrated by the Enumerator of the Block where they live, out of the limits of the lines. 6. If a Regiment, DetnC!lment, Squ:ldron of Military troop"', or J!.l'tilJery or band or n. small number of thcm be on their march from one place to another, and encamped at a village in this Territory but away from their Head·quarters or Sadar Station, 011 the night of the Census, they should be counted on that night with their followers, if any, by the Enumerator of the Block of their encampment, on loose schedules (hollse.holder's Schedules) but not in his Enumera tion book. If the Commanding officer, however, has been supplied before·hand with loose forms by this office or the officers in the moii'usil, the Enumerator should request him to l'dUl'Il the forms duly filled up. After thus countillg them, the Enumeratur shuuld not incorporate tLc total no-ure of those forms in the abstract which he will prepare o . on the morning of the next day, in the presence of hIs Supervisor; but the forms are only to he banded over as they are_ The Supervisor should deliver them to the Mahal officers through the Naeb Fouzdar, and the Vahiwatdar should send them on with a list to the Muncipal Commis sioner, Baroda, if their head.quartcrs are in thc city of Baroda, or to the Vahivatdar of the Mahal of theirhead-quar tel's, if their head-quarter is in any Maha!. In shm·t, the number registered in those forIDs will be incorporated in the total number for the city of Baroda. or other Mahals containing their head-quarter. The figure is not to be added to the abstract of the Block, Circle, Thana or Mahal of their encampment on the Census night. Such 100O'e forms filled up for the Milit:lry men should positively reach the Muncipal Commissioner of Baroda, or a :M ahal Vahivat dar according itS the hcad-quartcrs of these people are situated in the City or Maha!. 7. If any of the Military men and their followers in this State have to leave their Sadat station before, and are likely to encamp in a foreign territory on the Census night, the Com manding Officer should ubtain the necessary supply of the ellumeration forms from the Municipal Commissioner of the City of Baroda if their head· quarter is in the City and from the Vahivatdur of t3e Mahal, if the head-quarter from which they start is in a Mahal, and after enumerating the men and followers under his command at the foreign place where they encamp on the Ceno,us night on those loose forms, he should return them to the officer from whom t:!J.ey were received, $0 as to reach him at an early date. If a. foreign Enumerator asks to Enumerate them he should be dissuaded from doing so. S- If any of the Military men serving in His Highness' forces are travelling in a. Railway train on the night of the Census, and if they have not heen already enumerated before going to the Railway station then they should be enumerated by the Commanding Officer who has accompained them and the forms should be sent to his own head-quarters. The Com ma,nding officer should inform the nailway Authol"ties of his having done so, if allY of them desire to count the party again, so that no re-enmneration may take placc. 9. If any British force Em'oute from one place to another encamps in this Territory on the Census day and the next to it the enumeration of the force , .. ill be made by its Com. manding Officer who will send the filled-up schedules to the place of their Head.qu:1rters. The Enumerator, therfore, in whose Block the British Military men may have encamped should not count them. Dated the 20th N ovembet· 1900. " 105 CHAPTER XII· Tours of Inspection 1. As the rains held oft' and the work of house-numbering had been in progress, it was thought necessary to inspect the work InsJlec~ion work done by the Assj,;t!int SUllcriuLen done till then in the Talukas. Of the fonr Districts of ,lent. this State three N:1Yi'ari, Amreli and Kadi were thoroughly inspected and one, that is, Baroda only p:wtinlly. The Table, annexed hereto will ..show the places visited. In all 1,173 miles of Rail way travelling. and 134 miles of road travelling was done. Navsari was visited first. because in the conversation with .Mr. Risley, it 'had been settled to send my Assistant to make personal inquires. From these and from discussion with the 10c[I,1 officers, he came to the conclusion that a night Census of the Forest Mahals was not a practicable idea, and that it shollld be given up for a day one. - -2. The fcllowing letter was written on the subject to the Cenens Com- missioner. Letter to the Censns -Commissioner about Fore,t tl'Hcif; cnnmeration. No. 68 of 1 !)OO-1801. HUZUR CENSBS OFFICE J-. A. DALAL, ESQUIRE, Superintendent of Census operations BARODA. To, The Census Commissioner, for Indin. Simla. Baroda 15th December 1£lOO. SIR, ,Vith reference to para. 11 of your note on the Census of Bal'oda, I have the honor to state that my Assista-nt 1If1'. 2\Ianirai Trikammi visited the Jungle Mahals personally in the last month, and on enquiry f0und that owing to the honses being distant from one another and scattered over a large area in mountainous tracts, the growth of grass and mnk vegetation and the consequent danger from wild beasts, a night Census is not properly feasible in those Mahals. 2. I have therefore decided that a day Census should be taken in those :MabaJs on the mornillg of the 2nd March. Arrangements have there- 106 fore been made accordingly and proper precautions h[1\·e been taken to avoid double enumeration." The Census Commissioner signlfied in his letter No. 39 dated 1 st February 190() his assent t3 my proposal. Instructions were accordingly it'sued to the officers concerned. 3. It was fouml that in the Navsari Division the "..ark of Songhad Taluka and that of the Dhari Talulm in the Amreli District was Songhnd and Dhnri work not satisfactory, in as much as the Circular was not well found lmsatisfa('tory; attended to. But the towns being small ones the error't_ were soon corrected on the spot. 4. The commonest mistakes throughout the Districts ,vere about (a) the crosses X to show that the houses had back doors, and Errors most common. that their fronts were numbered; (b) supplying cards tc~ persons reslding in thatched houses; (c) giving sub-numbers to the newly built 110USC:::: or other unnumbered hOllses. Excepting these, the work of house number ing was found to have been done satisfactorily. 5. The next work of importance that was htken in hand, vms the starting E tllllograplJical work 1nto working order of the Ethnographic Committees. The· t,akcn up. importance of the work and the way to get it done, were personally explained to the different members of the vari- ons Comrnitteess. G. In the Kadi District, the enumeration books also were inspected and the work of enumeration done in the Vijapur Talulm of this Enlllllcration books ins- District was found faulty to a. degree. From the books peeled. that were inspected, it was found that some of the subor- dinate Censlls officers hn,d not even read tIll! instructions given to them, that some who l]ud rend them had n·at properly umlcl'stood them, and that the Charge Super intendent had not till th~n taken any trouble either to impress upon his men the rales of procedure and enumeraticn or to inquire whether the work they had lJeen doing, was on the right time. So the men of that Taluka that \Vere avail able at Visnagar were called together m~d the necessary instructions were imparted to them. 'With all this, the books of this Taluka were fOllnd to be erroneous, when receiyed and examined in the Abstraction office. The second column of the 8ehedule, that was intenc1ed for serial number, was found to have been wrongly filled in direct contravention of the rule that this column should be filled afte'r the final Census and that nnmbers were to be written serially for the whole book and not for each house. The following towns were ,'isited by the Census Superintendent himself and the house llumbering and some of the schedule books were examined by him while there:- Name or tho District in which tho town is Name of tho town YiEited. situated. , 1 Pctlad ... :Baroda District. 2 Vaso ... 3 Sojitra " 4 Pij " .." " Sankhecla .', .' Dabhoi " Kalol Kadi" District." Pattan Aml'ell Amreli" Distriet." 107 A list uf towns visiteLl for the inspection of Census work by Mr. Manirai Trikamrai Assistant Census Superintendent. Name of Village. .Mahnl. Date of the visit. _------~------1 2 3 4 -----~------1 Yyara Vyara llfi-1l-1900 2 Songhad Songhad 27-11-HlOO 3 Palsana Pulsana 28-11-1900 4, Kavsari Navsari 29-11-1900 5 ,Teema 00. 2-12-1900 6 Variav Kamrl'j 3-12-1900 7 Kathor Do. 4-12-1900 8 Velachha, Veluchlm 5-12-1900 9 Navsari Naysari 6-12-1900 10 Tilakwada Tilakwada Hi-12-1900 11 Dwarka Okhnmanduj 21-12-1900 12 Ammbhucla Do, 24-12-1900 13 Bcyt Do. 213-12-1900 14 D'I'al'ka Do. 26-12-1900 15 Dhari Dhari 31-12-1900 16 Fitlutvajnl Do. 2- 1-1901 17 Amreli Amrcli 3- 1-1901 18 Damnagar Damnagar 5- 1-1091 19 Petlnd 10- 1-1901 20 Visnagar Visllagar 1- 2-1901 21 Khorall1 Kheralll 2- 2-1UOl 22 Vadnagar Do. !:!- 2-190l 23 ,7iSlu(gar Vi~uagar .:>- 2-1901 24 Mchsana Mehsana 4- 2-1901 25 Dehgam Dehgam :J- 2-190t 36 Kalol Knlol c- 2-1901 ~ 27 Sidhpur Sidhpl.1l' .- 2-1901 28 P:ltan Patall 8- :?-t:lOl c. s. 2'7 108 CH~4.PTER XIII· FiftlL batch of Circulars. 1. In. the interval, the work of prepa-ring an.d publi,;hing the necesl:;ory Cil'cular on the General Vatltukums and orders, was pushed on as can be seen from ".y.telll of enumeration. what follows:- The first circular of this fifth batch was in reference to the mode of eumera tioll aud was as follows:- CiTculm' No. 20. ( Translation. ) General system of En'wmeration. 1. For the purposes of the Census, there will generally be two enumerations; (a) the Preliminary, and (b) the Final. 2. The Final enumeration is to be made simultaneously with the other Goveruments, i. e. it is to be synchronous throughout the whole of the Empire, and the date fixed for it is the first of March 1901. 3. It is therefore necessary to have the Preliminary Enumera tion commenced in the rural areas of the Districts about a month and a half prior to the date mentioned above, viz. from the 15th of Jq,nu'lry 1901; and in the City and other large towns it must be begun a month earlier, viz. fro111 the 1st of February 1901. 4. The two methods mentioned below have been prescribed for carrying out the enumeration :- (a) By getting the household schedules filled up at the hands of educated persons of position. For accomplishing this object, household schcdules have been printed with instructions on their back. (b) By getting entries made in the Enumeration books at the hands of the Enumerators. 5. Persons mentioned below will be provided with the house-. hold schedules:- 1. The Heads of all Departments and thcir Assistants, the Vahivatdars and other highcr officers of all Departments. 2. Varisht Court pleaders practising in that. court antI the District Judge's Courts. 3. Educated gentlemen who owing to their social status, may request to be provided with such forms. 4. Those pel'l:lOllS of the higher cla:;ses who flre belieyed to be able to fin up the forms without :my mistakes. 109 ~Vote:--It slwul Those gentlemen, who might be supplied with such forIDs, should fill them up after c:nefully reading the instructions printed on them; and they should hand them over to the Enumerator of their ward, exactly on the next day after the Final En ul11cration. 7. The Enumerator of the Block should offer his assistmwe in filling up such forms if anyone requil'Gs his help in that work. s. Every Vahivatdar and ::\Iahalkari should ascertain and decide how m(1ny of such forms would be required for the }Iahals in their char~e and communicate the same to this office within 3 days of the date of this circular. The Sudharai Kamdar should also do the same for the city within 8 days. They should expressly state in their reports-(l) the number of such forms required for Europeans, and Eurasians, and (2) those required for other gentlemen. Dated 17th Decembel' 1900. j. Vtttilukum No. 21 supplied son1e necessary- instructions nhon.t the ~iJ"cula .. on the Sects for Christian sects; it runs:- D"ristial1,~. Circular No. 21. (Translation). "Instructions to Enumerators, Part III-Column 4, article 5 (E)-Its special explanation. 1. VV l'ite for the Baudhas the seets which they them selves might return. 2. As for the Christians their sects may be as noted bc1ow:- 1. Church of England. 2. Protestant. 110 3. Roman Catholic. 4. Presbyterian, 5. Lutheran. G, Baptist. 7. 1Vesieyan. S. Methodist. 9. Episcopalean. 10. Chnrch of Scotland. 11. Dutch Reformer. There can hardly be any more besides these. Therefore. the Enumerator should write down the dencmination which 11 person may return out of those mentioned above; if anyone gives his denomination different from any of these, he should be questioned as to wllat sect, out of the eleven quoted above, he belongs to. 'Verc he, howevcr to say that he belonged to a different denomination altogether, then the particular name of the denomiation returnetl should be noted. 3. The officers concerned should arrange to explain this properly to the Supervisors and Enumerators at the time of appointing them. Dated 2ith December 1900. 3. Circulars No!'. 23 and 25 had reference only to certain matters 1"l,ich re laterl to the way in which members of other Depanments CirclIlars Nos. 23 and 25. are tu be utiliz;ed fur Ceusus purpuses aud so need not be quoted here. 4. Circular No. 24 which is quoted below in full was in its very nature a Cjl'CUlllr No. 21 011 pre· general one treating of a number of points both as regards ]illlillnryand final ennlll('- preliminary ennmeration as well as the final one. ratioll~. Translation :- Circular No. 24. The second process of the Census Enumeration is about the entries to be mat1e in the schedule books at the hands of Enumemtors. For this purpose enumera tion-books for each Block, containing the recluisite number of gelleral schedules in proportion to the number of houses in that block, have been prepared. At the rate of one leaf of the general form for every three hOllse~, books Ilf1YC been bound containing as man y of s Llch 101'1I1S as fI re necessary for filling up the entries ior houses incl udell in one particular block. antl these books hlWC been furwarded to every Mahal III with a copy of an indent duly filled. With "these are despatched a necessary number of other essential papers such as books giviJ1g the rules for enumer(l, tion, ]008e general forms, house-hold scbcducls in Gujarati and English, circle abstracts, general receipt fot'ms. forms of recei pts to be pas>;ed hy the perSall who would take charge of an enumeration book from another, enumeration tickets to be issued to travellers. and Dakhlns of appointments. After these are recei ved in the Ma11al office!:', the Tapasni Kamdars (Su pervisors) should be provided ,,,ith a requisite num ber of all of ;;uch forms, in order that they may be able to distribute them to the Enumerators in time before the Preliminary Enumeration, along with a general receipt form :filled in with particulars-as per estimate given below:- Scltedule vook-One additional leaf of the General Schedule form for every three houses should be supplied or removed whenever there are more ur less houses than those pointed out in sub-paras a, bJ c, kll, g and [lit of article 3 of the book containing rules for Enu· meration, Part Ir.. Loose fOl'ms-Double the number of blocks or 5 p. c. of the total number of houses. Boo!.: giving Tilles for Enumeration-Onc for every Super visor. Private fOlyns-As many us are necessary according to· section 5 of the circular dated 17-12-1900. House-hold Schedules-As many as are necessary for the European and Eurasian residents of a Taluka. Circle SU7ll7lUTry-'L wo copies for every Supervisor. Ordinary receipt-As many as there are Enumerators under every Supervisor. • 1;'an':!er Tcceipls-A necessary number. Trat'elltm/ Tickets-Any number that is approximately sufficient. Order of appointments-One for m'el'Y person appointed. 2. In eyery book, a sufficient number of block-lists has been kppt- Therefore every Supervisor should see that before the work of Preliminary enumeration is commenced every enumerator has copied out on them the entries as recorded in the Patrak sent in consonance with Circular No. 13. c. s. 28 ]]2 3. Every Vahivatdar bas been supplied from this office with a book containing instructions to Enumerators, Supervisors and Charge Superintendents, which he if> expected to have carefully gone through. The instructions to Enumerators, the sample schedule and the enumerator's abstract have been printed on the cover• .1. Persons whose Pl'iliminary enumeration is not to take. place are shown in section 13 on page 28 of that book. In ndrlition to this the following also, are to be excluded from Preliminary enumeration. 1. Hospitals admitting indoor patients- 2. The Lunatic asylum, :1. The Leper asylum, 4. The Central Jail, 5. The District Jail, 6. The City and Mofussil Kutcheries. 7. Government Temples. 8. Boa,rdillgs attached tothe College and Schools, 9. Statc Coach-house. 10. Stlte Elephant yard. These huildings must have been included in circles and blocks according to the Circular issued in this behalf. 5. A necessary numbel' of books and forms should be sent to the officers ill charge of these buildings; and the latter should on the Census night enumerate the population in them and return the books and forms on the next dny to the Charge Superintendent in. the ca,se of ~iahn,ls and to the Municipal Commiss sioner in the case of the City. These Census officers should also arrange with SUC!l officers through the Supervisor in charge of such buildings for theil proper enumeration. 6. The same books, forms and tickets are to be used for enumerating the boating and other population. Separate forms havc not been printed. 7. The work of Preliminary enumel'ation is to be done in every Mahal by the Talatis of the respective villages of that Mrthal. The statements received from the Mahals showing the numbcL' of Euumeratol's and Supervisors reqnired, have been sent to the Sub38 of the Districts, who will arrange to send the! requisite number of men in every MahaI. Until 113 the supervisors have been so appointed by the Subas t.heir duties should be performed by the Naeb Fouz dars. ·When the Subas have made a. distribution and when men come to the Vahivatdurs, they should be appointed to convenient blocks and circles. 8. Preliminary enumeration is to be commenced in the villagcs on 15th <1 anuary 1901 and in the City and large Kasbas (towns) on 1st February 1901. 9. This work must be completed in all places on 15th February 1901; and the Supervisors must return the Enumern.tion hooks to the Churge Superintendent before the evening of 17-2 -1901. \Vhen the enu meration of the block is over, the enumerator should prepare an abstract on a separate piece of paper inthe form given on the cover of the· schedule and send it with the book to the SupervIsor. The latter should convincc himself of the correctness of all the abstracts in his circle and then preparc his circle summary ill the form A given on page 25 of the book of insb'uo tions, and send all the books and his SU111m.::u-y to the Charge Superintendent. The Charge Superintendent should ascertaill that all the Circle summaries received are correct and then prepare his charge summary in the form D given on page 31 of the same bJok and send Ihe sam.e to the Huzur Census Office so as to reach there before 20-2-1901. For any default Ol" delay, the officer concerned will be severeJy dealt with. 10. A convenient place should be selected for every circle, when all the enumerators thereof should as semble in the morning of the second of 1\1arch and should prepare t!1eir abi:ltracts in the way mentioned in section 49 to 56 on the page 24 of the book of instructions. The supervisor should on his part prepare his summary in the same way and bring it personally to the Charge Superintendent before the evening of 3-3-1£lO1. From these summaries the Charge Superintendent shoulcl prepare hil:l own sum mal'Y as mentioned on page 29 of the book and post it to the add.ress of the Census Office Baroda so as to reach there before the mortling of G-3-1!)0 1. as the provisional totals for the State are to be sent to the Census Commissioner for India before 7-3-190 I. Similarly the Charge Superintendents of those lVIahaJs who through dis.tance are unable to make their total reach bere in time should telegraph their total", in letters and words. The two telegrams should be des- 114 patched at an interval of an hour from the nearest telegraph office. Sanction for telegram-expenses will of course bG gi.ven. 'Vhoever i8 found to have made ::t. default in this respect not withstanding these ins tructions, will be severely taken notice of. All the expenses incurred in this behnJf, will be recovered from him. The following should appear in the telegram:- Houses :Males Females Total. Responsibility, for mistakes ir{ the wording of the tele grams will lie on the Charge Superintendents. Proper sanctions for disbursements to the Supervisors und Enumerators fo1" the purchase of ink, pens, uncI light &c., will be accorded from this office 8-1-1901~ As plague had broken out in Gandcvi and Billimora and as traces of famine were still evident in some of the Talukas, a special Circular No., 26 for the Vathukum No. 26 "ms issued directing how to enumerate ilnnmeration of those suITer· ing from plague and famine people suffering under any of the two calamities. It was as fo11o\\s:- Cil'culw' No- 26. ( Translation_ ) -" The enumeration of special parts (such as Famine Relief works and tmcts n:ffectedly Plague &0) During the interY(\.l of the Census Operations, wherever relief works and poor-houses may have been opened in {,his Raj on account of Famine, the enumeration of the people employed on !:iuch works and of the inmates of poor-houses should be carried out by the Public 'IVol'l.. s Deps.rtment. Similarly, whore\"or new Railway Lines are being can structed' and have been opened within the limits of this State, the enumeration of persons employed on such Lines Is also to be made by the Public 'VOl-ks Department. In order to secure every necessary help in this lUattel~ fi'om the Public 1Vorks Department, a Memo has been addressed to the Chief Engineer from this office. The Prant Subas should appoint the special Mulki officer in charge of sLlch works as a Census Super visor for those works. In the absence of a special Mulki officer, the Overseer:in charge of the works should. be nominated as such; and he shall be bound to do the lduties of a Supcryisor. The Head P. ·W.. 115 Officer in charge of such relief wOI'ks should spare and order all his subordinates to work as Enumerators under the Tapasni Kamdar (Supervisor). The pre- liminary enumeration uf the people employed OIl Ruch works shou 1(1 be made on the 21st of February 1901, and so far as possible the mustering Kurkun;< should be utilized ns Enumerators in this case. Every m:.1sterillg Knrkun would be considered to be an enumerator of the labourers and their dependents whose namE' fire giyen in his muster roll and who, Ii ve in Jlandcas or thatched roofs by the side of the works. The Sllbns under whose jurisdiction and Superintendence Helief works are going on Rhould send to the Census Superintendent, a Statement gidng the foll~wing information therein, prior to the date of the Final Enumeration, i.e. on the 11th 'li'ebmnry 190 I. (1) The nUlIle of the Relief work or the POUI' house. (2) The name of the 1\1ahal in which them are opened. (:J) The flpproximate number of persons that are likely to be found therein on the ~lst Februfll'Y 1901. The charge Superintendent of a Mahal and the City Su dha-raj Kamdal' sbonld consider the spots wherever such relief works mny be going on within theiL' respective jurisdictions as extra circles; in the same man'ner a. poor honse, opened in the City or in any town or village, should be regarded as an independent block, and the work of enumemting its inmates should be taken frum the Superintendent of that poor.house• In the Malmls wlJeL'e relief works may be going on, the Charge Supel'illten. dents of those Mahals should direct the :::;upen'isors and enumerators in theil' charge to enter the names of such of the labourer" (who though employed on the relief work, remain absent froll1 it ann go to sleep at there own houses in their villnges) in the schedule books of those villages, at the time of the Preliminary Enumera tion. If necessary theil' enumeration should be madp betweEn 7 P. M, and midnight. If these rabonrCl:" be found to have left their village IJomes and gone to live on the spot of the relief work, at the time of the Finnl Enumeration, their names, frum the village schedule books shon Idbe struck 9ft'. c. s.-29 'Uti No new relief work or poor house should be opened between the 21st February and the 1st of March 1901. In the same way, the persons employed on such works should not be removed from one place to another during this interval. Every Charge Super intendent should make himself sure that aU the arrangements, concerning the enumeration of the people employed on relief works are quite complete by the 21st of February for this purpose they should. personally visit the spots wherever such works may be going Oil, previous to the date mentioned above, anu a~certain:- 1 That the Tapsani Kamdar (Supervisor) lIas pro perly unde~stood w?at his duties are. 2 That the Superyisor hu." thoroughly explained to the Enumerators the rules printed for their guidance. 3 That a complete necessary stock of schedule book:;, and loose forms has been despatched to the sites of such relief works . .( And that red and black ink and such other materials necessal'y to do the Enumeration work. as weB as lamps &c have all been provided to the Enumerators. The officers concerned should act up according to this . ordel·. Dated 21st ,January 1901. J he j(}llowtuy ctdditional inst'l'uctions 'Were issued lor the g'nidan<:1J of t1~e Supervisors and Charge Superintendents. ] nst'l'llctions to Supervisors. 1 'ranslation:- A. GENERAL. As soon as you a1'e appointed a Supervisor, the Charge Superintendent will l5upply you with a circle list, a list of blocks and enumeration-books and instruc tions to enumeratOl·S. 2. You should well digest all these instructions; 'and then instruct all the enumerators of your cil'ele wh::. should be callell to you in a body; and then pnt questions to them to see whethe1' they have rightly understood the instructions. 8. Every enumerator shOUld be given one or more enumeration-books ac cor«3ing to the fC?lIowing standard:-- (a) A book of 35 pages for a block containing 100 houses ;117 (0) A book of :]8 pages for a block containillg 80 houses.. (c) Do. 20 Do. 60 Do. (d) Do. 14 Do. 40 Do. (e) Do. 10 Do. 30 Do. (J) Do. 7 Do. '20 Do. 4. }\Iore .mpplementary books .,honld also be supplied when necessary; and an entry should be made to that effect in the register on the back of the cover. 5. You should fill in all the pal'ticulars given on the title page of the enumeration book before handing it over to an enumerator; but tlle name of the enumerator should not be filled up, until one is appointed for final enumeration. 6. Before a preliminary enumeration is begun in nuy particular block, );OU should ask the enumerator to fill in the blank block·lists attached to the enumeration-book. 7. Before the preliminary enumeration is begun, you s,hould minutely scrutinize the circle-list and the block-list to see whether any ~ street, house, or landing place is omitted or not; and also you should then .add all houses newly built. 8. Befol'e the commencement of thc preliminary enumeration, you should "ee that the ennmerators have got writing-materials in order that the work may not come to u standstill at tllP moment of action. D. All the writing work at the preliminary enumeration ::tDd the erasures to be aoue there in according to rules, must be done in black ink only. 10. Before the enumel'atol'S of your circle begin to make entries in the enumeration b::)Qks, you should ask them to make some entries 011 some Joose iorms as samples; ,then you should see whether they are right; and sl1oul<1 correct mistakes if there be any. ] 1. You should keep a note of all the books issued and taken back, and of the ""ark inspected by you in the form supplied to you. 12. Y 011 should send in an extract of these notes to YOUl" Charge Superin tendent every W ednesdny and Saturday fl"om the date of yOUl" appointment to' the date of the complcLio'u of the final enumeration. (B.) PRELIMINARY ENUMERATION. ]3. The 15th of January 1901 has been fixed for starting the prelimiJlJl''y .~numeration, therefore you shollld see that the enumera.tors do commence theil' work on that day. 14. As soon as the preliminary enumeration has commenced, },OlIS lIould begin to visit each block of your circle and see that the work of enullleration is going on properly. 15. A Jist will be given to you to show what gentlemen nre to be given private forms; you should therefore see that no preliminary enumeration is taken of these persons. 118 16. Similarly no preliminary enumeration is to be taken of DharmashalufC Semis, Temples and places where trayellers come and go irregularly. 17. As the Preliminary Record is the only means to make the Final Record of entries complete, those ,,,ho mny be living and taking their meals in the house at the time of the Preliminary Record should be registered; no matter, if any of them be absent at the time, for a short while at the Bazar, or in fields, at a shop or a temple; the only requisite is that there must be a probability of their returning on 1st March 1901. Guests also are to be enumerated, if they. are to stay there on the night of 1st :March 1901. 18. During the time the preliminary enumera.tion is going on, you should read carefully the full books as they are finished and if there is any omi'olsion, you should fill it up after personally making proper enquiries at the particular house. 19. 'Vhile reading the enumeratiou-books, if you suspect a particular entry to be false or atlcast doubtful, (e. g. the word male occurs against the· name of a female, an infant is mentioned as literate 01." Musalman appear; to have been entered in the column for religion while Brahman occnrs in the' column for caste against the name of the same person ), then you will ascertain the correct facts :lnd makc the necessary altcrations. 20. You have to correct mistakes only amI you shoull! well remember that you are not to correct any thing stated by :t house-owner, merely because your opinion with regard to any particular statement of his, differs from him. You are at liberty to correct omissions or false entries only. 21. "Then ever you or your enumerator think that the statement made by any individual is false, JOu or your enumerator, ns the case mny be, ~ hould explain to him what you want; if after this is explained to him as abm ", he makes the same false statement, you should tell him that he thereby wakes himself liable to punishment under the Census Act; if he still periists ill his false statement, you shonld take it down and report the matter to the Ch:wge Superintendent. 22. lou should carefully see that the Columns 3, 4, 8, fl. 10, 11, 14, and 15 of the enumeration-book are properly filled in, in accordance with instructions contained in Part HI of the Instructions to Enumerators. 23. "Thenever JOu inl'pect the enumeration book, you should put your signature and date on the cover. 24. The preliminary enumeration IS to bp- finished on the 15th of February 1001 ; and before the evening of the 17th of the same, you should f3end up all the books to the Charge Superintendent. (C) FINAL ENU~IERATION. 25. The] st of March 1901 has been fixed for the fiunl Census, therefore you should take back all the books from the Charge Superintendent fit least ,before the evening of 27-~-1901. 2G. You must. arrange to hand over the enumeration boo!;;s to the enumerators a dllY previous to the final enumeration dny and you should show 119 the limits of a block to its €llllmerator, and should eXfllain to him what work he has to do on that day. 27. If the enumeration book is quite written up~ and if there is no blank space for further entries~ yon ~hould supply the enumerator 'with some loose forms and keep a note of the samo aud take his receipt also. 28. You should gi,'e to the enumerators of the respective blocks the house bold forms according to the list supplied to you and you should take a receipt for the same. 29. As all additions and a1terations that will have to be 'made in the enumeration-hooks on the Census night, are to be made in red-ink, you should .nrrange to furnish it to them beforehand. 30. The final enumeration is to begin after sun-set :lnd is to be £nished before midnight; therefore JOU should sec thnt every enumerator is present in his block before that time. 31. Yon should properly instruct the enumet"ators to commence and finish the work within the appointed time. 32. You should visit every block in your circle and .. llOUld see that eV(ry enumerator performs his duties properly on the Census night. 33. If au enumerator cannot, either through sickness or otber cause, be present in his block and if you can get his enumeratiun-book, yon shuuld get his wOl·k done by the ennmerator of an adjacent block. 34. But in case his book cannot be had, yo·u should get the work of enu meration done in a new book. Under any circumstances you should not allm\' any blo:Jk to remaiu uncnnmerated. 35. 'Vhel1ever anything as mentioned in pums 33 and 34 occurs, you should report it with reasons for the same h:H'ing happened, to the Charge Superintendent on the llcxt thy. 36. You should l)ersonally see that the enumerator has gone to enumerate the population of the bnildings mentioned in para 16; and then pass a remark to the effect on his book. 37. Yau should instruct your ennmerators that they should call every head-mr.n of a. house outside to his door, then read over to him the names of the inmates of his house and then ask him whether anyone is absent; if in reply he says yes; then ask him the reason for his absence; and if according to rules the enumerators cllnnot consider him as present they should strike out the entries against that particular individual, and after that they should fl"k him whethel" there are any ne\v arrivals; and if there are any, write down their names and all the entries ngaimt them. 3S. Trayellers will be counted at the place where they halt on the night of the 1st March] 901 or in the Train or board a ship whereeyer they are fouml on that night. c. s. 30 120 ;39. Some difficulty lS likely to arise ill the enumeration of the people mentioned below:- (a) persolls who are nctually travelling on the night of the I st March. (b) persons who l~ave their house tc commence a journey during the night. (c) persons who an'i\'e at their residence from fi journey dllrin~ that night. Therefore every endeavour should be made to count such persons where they take theil' Ellpper and an enumeration ticket should be given where he is euumerated to every person who intends to commence or continue journey that night, with a view to his not being counted again, He Rhould be instmcted to show that ticket to any enumerator or railWft)' Ol' boat official who. asks him whether he is enumerated, so that he will not bp. recounted. On the arrival of such persons in our limits, on the other hand, yog should ask the person coming whether he has been enumerated allY where; and if so, req uil'e his tickets of en umeration; if it is produced, you should see it and return it to him and if he does not produce it, you should count him at the place he gets down. -10. With a view that there may be no mistake in the enumeration of such people and to avoid the possibility oftheir being not enumerated at all, you should ask the Toll c01lectors, aud Police officers in charge of Thanas, O!l the roads fre quently used by such travellers, to serve as enumerators and these enumel'ators "hould count such people who come across them after sun :set all the] st aud before snn rise on the 2nd March 1901, if they do not produce enumeration tickets, and should give thon such ticket". ·11. In order that this work be thol'Oughly done special men be posted in the intervals if the Thanas are very dista.nt. 42. You should supply these enumerators with the necessary loose forms Imd tickets, and take a receipt for the same. ,13. You should write down the numbers of such places in the circle list. 44. I\. person is to be registered in the house in which he resides, that is takes his meals on the Ceusus night. Difficulty is likely to arise in case of p8r ~om, who will be found to be absent Oll the Census night, therefore persons men tioned below should be looked upon as present in theil' hOllses even though they may be absent at that time~ ( a) Persons who have gOlle out for a shQrt while and are to return home to sleep before moming, ( b) Persons who al'e to be absent froUl. a house for the whole night for watching crops, hunting. and fishing, or as sentries on guard duties &c" only to return to their hOllses the next day 01' to recciYe their meals there fl'om. ( c) Vartanias, peons &e., who are on duty at another's house but nob taking their meals from that house, 121 45. But if a person has gone to pa.ss even only one night at a friend's house he should be considered r.g absent at his own hOUf;e and should be enumerated at his friend's house. 46. In the case of persons who dine at a Vishi ( hotel) but who usuaily live in anot.her house engaged for the plirpose, or in the case of some of the J\:fili tary men who, perhaps, go for their meals to their own or other people's houses in the town 01' the city but their duty is to Ii ,Te day and night in the Milit:1ry . . lines, they should not be counted at the places where they take their meals, but at the place where they live. 47. In the case of boggar;; who have 110 houses of their own and who maintain themselves by wandering in streets and sleep at night either under trees or on roads, foot paths or people's Vet'undahs, they should be counted by watch men on rounds on the Census night only. If the number of watchmen is not large enough, proper arrangements should bc maJe before hand to have their number incl'eased in order to meet the exigency. 48. In the morning of the 2nd March 1901, all enumeration books and 'loose forms should be brought to you by the enumera.tors at a place previously ..,ettled. (KH) ENUl\1ERA.TOH'S ABSTRACTS AND CIRCLE SU}'IMARIES. 49. Y au ~hould fil'st see that th'e hook amI forms brought to you by the enumerators are exactly according to the receipt with you; a.nd that the additions and alterations made in ~'ed ink are correct . .')0. Afterwards you will ask un enumerator to total up the houses aud persons in his book on a separate piece Df paper. 51. 'Vhen it is ready you should take it from him, and ask another enllme. ,mtor to do the same for the same book, and then you should prepare a total fr()~ll the same book, and if all the theee tally, you should ask the enumerators of the block, to write it in his abstract given on the cover of the books. But if thp, three do not tally, you should recount until they do. {l2. You should bear in mind while preparing a total of the houses, that those houses only are to be looked upon as ' occupied' in which persons ha.ve ·heen recorded as dwellillg on the Census night; and. that others al'e to be consi ·dered as unoccupied. 53. The houses with sub-membcl's are to he considel'ed separate. 54. ,Vhen the abstracts of an the blocks of your circle are ready you should prepare an abstract of y~)Ur circle and get it checked by two enumerators 'and then write the details in the form A as given below :- 122 FORM A. CmCI,E SU:M::\IARY. Dist1"£ct Charge Circle. Number in Persons. circle list or Name of Serial Number orl General village or number of occupied :------,------Block. Register. 'Yard. houses. Total. I Males. 1------1 2 3 4 _5 __1:_:_ __7 _ ------ ------. c ircle Total. S1.1bmitted to the superintendent of charge on the of March 1901. (Signed) Supervisor. 55. Then you should receive from all the enumerators the books, forms, &c. given to them and give them a receipt; and then allow them leave to go. 56. After that you should present yourself with all the books, papers, and forms &c. with you before the Charge Superintendent on the morning of t.he· 3rd March 1901 ; and should show to him that your abstract is correct; and tllPll hand over to him that abstract, with all the books and forms and get a receipt fOl' the same from him; and then you shall be made free. (Translation). Instructions to Cllarge Superintendents. A. General. 1. Charge Superintendents should particularly be careful that the Census· work is done carefully, without any hitch or mistakes; since it is ptramonnt to other duti~s assigned to them. 2. They should alsn see that. the officers. and others deputed to sen"e as Supervisors and Enumerator.s in theil' ehargp, do their work properly, and' plIlctu :tHy. , 3. Every Charge Superintendent ~hould carefully study the instructions to Enumerators and the rules for the guidance of the Supervisors, nnd while so doing, if any doubt arise.. , he should get it saIyed from this office before the work of enumeration begins. 4. Evet"y Chnrge Superintendent ~honl.I proenr(> for his charge the neces sary number of books, JoOS€ schedules, and household forms. 5. He should furnish the black ink required fot" the Preliminary Enumera ~ tion and other writing materiHls, to his Enumerators. 6. As the work of tIle Final Enumeration is to be done in red ink at night,. he should supply it to "hi" Euumerators • . 7. Every Charge SLlperintendent should. see that eycl'Y Supervisor and Enumerator under him properly understands his dnties and should then write a Shera to that effect on the order of his appointment. 8. He sIlOuJd take a receipt for each and every book or form that he is ",ues from his office; and shonld also keep an account of the &ame. 9. The rule must be observed of obtaining n receipt whenevel' nn enumera tion book changes hands, for however short a. time it mny be. 10. He should scrutinize the bi-weekly reports received from the Supervi sors and see whether the work mentioned therein is done or not, by testing. per sonally some of the work shewn as done; and if he finds that there is any fault he should pnnish the de£tlllter for the f.'an,e, if within his power or otherwise reo port the matter immediately to this ofiice" He should I;:eep a. defaulter's Register and keep notes of defaults therein. 11. He should give the neces8ary pnrt of the circle jist preparcrl for the whole Charge, to a Supervisor ns suon as he is appointed. B. . Preliminary Enumeration. 12. The 15th day of January 1801, has been fixed for commencillg the Preliminary Enumeration; therefore he should see that it c r mmcnces in each hlock of bis Charge en tIw same day. He should keep a Patrack Ii: to shew when it commenced and ,,,hen ~t was finishcd in each block. 13. He should particularly hent' in mind that the persons and p1:"tce8 lllPll tioned be10w are not to Le cOllllted at the Preliminary Enumcration. (a) Dhal'OlShabs, Serni;;:, and. temples whcre trm,cllel's put up, as nlso landing and camping grounds. (b) Gcntlpmen who have bt(,a ginm pri\'ate and house-hold sche- dllles. (0) Officers on circuit who may have halted in the Clmrge. (d) Tr:n'elle1's nnd way [:t1'(,:·" ill any charge. ( c) Street-beggars. ] ,1. \Vhile the work of Prelimilw!'y Ellumerntion is proceeding, every Charge Superintendent should go O\'C1' cn~r.r circle in llis Charge and see whether c. s. 31 124 the work is properly going on 01' not. He should specially '\'i~i.t those blocks which are at a distance from his Taluka. Station. He should explain and correct mistakes if any be found during his tours and l.:eep a note of the same. 15. The Preliminary Enumeration is to be finisbed on the 15th of February; and, therefore, the enumeration books must reach the Charge Superintendent at least before the 17th of the same month, from the Supen"isors; Superintendents should therefore keep a note to show as to when the books arrived in their office in the statement referred to in Section 12. lu. Out of these bool~s tbey should rcac. fully at ieast 5 books per each circle aIHI ::;hould get mistakes and misunderstanding corrected und keep a noto of the same. 17. As these books are intended to be \vith the enumerators through their Supervisors before 1-3-] 901, he &hould retnrn them to secure that object, and keep a note to show when he sent them, in thc Statement referred to in Hulo 12. (C.)-FINAL E~UMERA TIO~. 18. The Fina.l Enumeration is to take place on 1st March 1001 ; therefore, every Charge Superintendent should have his head-quarters in the place where there is a liklihoocl of much difficulty or in the place fl·om where he can inspect the largest number of blocks and at the same time sec that the work is properly going on. 19. Every Charge Snpel'intendet should particularly Ree that every Super visor is present ill his Cutchery with all the books, forms und enumerators' abstracts as well as his ci.rcle summary before office hours on 3rd M:arch_ 20. As soon as the Supervisors come. he should convince himsclf of the correctness of tbeir s~'.lnmd.ries by the agency of his clerks or with the aid I)f the Supcrvisol's. 21. Every Charge ~Llperintendent should get n. summary of his charge prepared in the form D annexed herewith showillg also the totals of all the cil'cles before the evening of the 3rd March. 22_ lIe should get it posted with the "l,I.nuIHu-ies of the circles, on the same uay, or 011 the next day if there is no time for posting-, in such a way that it if: not miscarried and reaches the Head office definitely without loss of time. 23. If any Cll:nge Superintendellt is found to be remiss or negligent 011 this point, he shall be strictly taken noticc of. 24. After that, he ;,;llOUld return to this office all the books and i{)J"ms writtcn and blank, as recei Hd from tIle Hend office. so as to reach there before 13th March 1901. He should also send a statemcnt showing what expenditure WitS inculTed. on -a~~{)unt of Census for his .<;}wl·ge. ,. 1,25 25. He should particularly seo that the bundles of written and bhnk forms and books are kept separate, when sending them. to the ~Iead office as directed in 24. 2G. In packing the bundles of written books and forms. care shoul<1 be taken to arrange the books of a. cil'cle in the order of blocks, in one bundle, then tie them with a string and have a wrapper abont them, and write the letter of the .circJe und the numbot,s of tha blocks in the said circle on the wrapper; then pack all these bundles of cirnles together and show Oll the ",rappel' the number' of circles it contains. 27. In short C\-ery precaution should be taken to avoid any paper being lost or mislaid. :FORM B. To be filled up by the Charge PUl'ti.mlnl's to 1,('. filler] in To btl filled up by the Supcl'intdcnt when tJle papcl'~ afte!' O,e fir,al enu H uZlIr Census Office. have been recdved. meration. 1 ----~------~----~--~------ FORM C, 12G FOn:~l D. Charge Sumn:iury District Tn I uka or Town. 00 :::. Q §~ c.; Persons. ... c.; 0 0 u; 3 c...... 0 ..... Q;> 0 o ~ .§ ~ c.;~ ._(3 :.. 0 ._------I Charge Toto].i CHAPTER XIV· P1'elimiila?'Y and 1r'£nal enwne1'atioll. 1. After the issu8 of Circular No. 26, mentioned in the preceding chapter, 110 import:mt Circular hnu remained to be pronlli] ..... ated Preliminary totals l'Ccein'll. and so the Circnlar-making period can be :;,aid to .." ha.ve" COlll~ to un end on that day. As ordered thereiu, the prdimiu:1rY em.1ln~Iation Lad commenced in most of the Talukns on the 15th of.J::11111:1l'Y JUOI in some of tbe others on the 25th and in the remaining on the 1st of February. It was finished everywhere by the IJth of February 1 DO 1. The preliminary totals were recei\-ed fraIl;' 38 1.'alukns beforo the 20th February l!:lOl nnd four Talukas had not seut their totals on the 20th Febrnnry the date fixed for the purpose. These defaulting Talnkas we1'<::-- Okhamanclal, Dhal'i, I\odinnr, and Sinor. These Talu1;::1 Otncers lmd to be severely reprimanded for their delay in sucb an important matter. The lnst of these totals was receiyec1 on the 26th February 1901. These totals were kept ready to meet any emergency at the t!1l1e of telegraphing the Provincial Totals of the Censu;; to tlw Census Commissioner. But I am happy to say that owing to the strict. orders issued and the strict notice taken of the Taluk:-t Officers mentioned obm-e, none of the pre1imlnrny enumeration totals haa to be resorted to for want of the final ones. The subjoined list ,vill show tho dates on which the Preliminary and Final Totals were :'eceivell from the varions Talukns of this State. I ,;; ,.. I '"'" ....0 - ""8 i ~'" I I oJ ~ ..", ..d .$ I ~ .... 0; 6 ~ ...... =0 .~ I '""0 "" '" -= ...... r:n ~ -'"c"" ~ ..; 0: -< -2 A ..<:l '" C rd 0; .~ ~ "" .= p..."" ..... d C ..<:l ~ '" ;:; "" ~'" :; '0; '" UJ'" I """ ... C h .=>"" :2 '""" bO'" 0 -= '"c: ...... C ,_. '" S '" .s:: g'" "'0 ;::: '"~ bO • ..0 '"S d '".... .- -= ..d CI ..'" ~ "" -"" Cl .... A"" d .. c -='" :4'" ~§ I 0". a'" :> Z -'"'" -=r:n '" ::r:1 ;:Q ... -5l'" 0"0 <=l dE-< ~ 0 0 Q ~ t:<:: l:I:l ..= ....'" "" d :- "C ;§:;:§ C c '" '"~ ...... -= ·~o a en'" "" '""" C -=en .!'::'" c "- ~~ ~ -;;i 0 .~ I=l ~ ~ "0.. :- 0 c: .. ~ .!:'" 0= <5 -'" I CI '" -= ~ '" '" -'" ..:; A I'Q ~ ~'" j:;3 ~ 0:: '" P=I "":> < ~ ~ 0 S'" '" ;:3 .. I a5 a.i 00 z :- :: :: :. :. :: ::: :. :: :.. :: ~ ~ ~ ~ , I- r _. ..,.,; .", U) e-> .'" 10 ro 0> w ..j< 'spqo,L ItlU!,{ OlJl it- e-> r- C'< 0" I I I~ I I I I I Ie> I I I ;:; ;:; I o 00 "l1!qOJ, ItlU!.!:l aln o pUll 11!UO!S!AOJd Olll ....."" ..... naO.1l.iaq o:JnoJ().Y!G + + + + + + + I~ I 00 ,~ .....= 00 I G'1 ...... <=> o o o o o o <:> <:> o C> o 0> 0"> 0:- c> = 0'> 0> 0> 0"> ...... = ,..., .....= = ...... C<_ .... I I I I I J., at, l J.: .", G<:I l J., 4 co I I I I I I 1 I I I "'_I I >0 ~ .:;) L,., .", ._..., ..,. oot< L'" ."" "''0 ..." ...... o <0 o o o o C> <0 o 0> 0> 0> =0"> Q =..... = .....= 'j ...... "'"..... "1 I I I I I d. (N "'. "'. J ~ <=', G'I <='. I I I I I I I I I ""I o C> o <=> = <=> C'l.) .;> ,n "'.~. = '." "" 'N .... ~1 <.0.... 129 ::: ..... o G" ...... <:> ....o <:;> .-< = = ...... 0:> C>= ~ -J, 'I "'~ co , I I .'" c·_' .", .....I e> = = =m I."" ------I~ ._' ...... -' o ,=' o <::> Co <::> 0:> = = ..... "" ..... ,...."" 0:> "" "i' I 'I I I I' I" <";'. <=', G" "" .... C-l (;'., I I -rlr.-. .'j::-, --:---.--:c----;---:-__,.....:_--I 130 The Census of the entire State waS taken on the day appointed without a hitch except in Jungle Mahals where it was taken in Celli'llS taken everywhere h d T i',Yltcill'OltOllSly. the morning of t e next ay. 0 see whetllCr the wurk in the City with all its streets, by·lanes, and intricate gullies was being done properly, I visited such parts to see that the work was be illg properly carried on. I deputed my Assistant, Her,d clerl( and other clerks on the same errand in different directions. The sight at night time was unique, and in ockl corners enumerators "'ere seen with lanterns and torchef':, making enquirielii. Tlnlb came to :t close the Thir 3. The totals of the final enumeration having ani ved on the dates mention ed in the list referred to above, they were made up into ],'imtl enllllleratioll totals telegraphed. totals for the State and for the Districts and were tele. graphed to the Census Commissioner for India at Simla on 6th March 1901 agreeably to the instruction conveyed in section 7 Ohap tel' XIV of the Imperial Code of Census Procedure 1901. In al1, twelve tele grams were sent to him, six wiring the totals for the Districts, the City and the State in numbers, alid six wiring the sarrie particulars in letters. Thus it appears that by the judicious promulgation of Circular No. 24 dated 8th January 1901, I was able to telegraph the totals in time. After a few days the enumE=ration books from the Talukas began to arrive; the first of them being, the Kodinar, Vakal and Kalol Talukas; the books of which came here on 9th March 1901 the lost was the Vijapur TaInka; the books arrived here on 1st April 1901. 4. In order to smoothly carryon the Abstraction and Compilation work and to avoid every chance of the books getting mixed up Appointment of Record· and thus causinlr confusion, I had arranged for five sepa- Keepers. ~ rate records to be placed in direct charge of a Record- Keeper. The City was looked upon as a district for this purpose. The appoint ment of these officers was made on 15th 1\la1'ch 1901. CHAPTER XV· Abstraction and illstructions to Reco1·d·keepers, Sltpervisor8 ancl Posters. 1. The slip system having been foaud on trial to be more accurate and economical than the old ticket system of former Censuses. The slip s.\'stcm intra. d' 1 fi 1 I f I tluced. it was adopte for sortmg t Ie na resu ts 0 t Ie present Census. The colony>" size and shape as described in Ohapter VII. of this Volume, were finally adopted. Two sets of slips,--A and B were prepared; the A set being formed of the coloured slips and the B set of tIle white slips. Both sorts of slips were supplied and cut by the local statio~el'Y Contractor. In order to avoid wrong entries on any of the slips, specific rules 131 for posting, as giyen further Ot, were published; and explained to the posters; and the particulars that were required to be posted on the slips were printed on each. In order that slips of anyone District may not get mixed with those of any other, the abstraction of each District was done in separate rooms at some distance from each other. Again, as a stiJI greater precaution, below the serial numbel.' to be written on the slip, it was ordered that the initial letter of the District for which the E>lips were posted, was to be placed. Lastly workers of every District were appointed and ordered to work for their own District only. "The result was as expected quite satisfactory. 2. In order that the posters -may find out the appropriate slips easily, Pigeon-hole bo~{'s for the three pigeon-holes were supplied between every two of posters. them filled with slipt>. It was ordered that in two out of the three pigeon-holes, posters should arrange the slips the information on which may be of constant use, in the order mentioned below and each one should put in front of him one of the sets of pigeon-holes with slips thus arranged. ~ Males. Females. Unmarried. Married. Widowed. U nmarried.1 Married. IWidowed. -- -- Parsi. ... ------Jain. ... ------Jain ... ~---- Musalm::m ... ------"- Hindu. ... -- - --~------Hindu. -.. It will be noticed that in this arrangement the left and vertical rows can· tain the male slip of all conditions, find the three right hand vertical rows contailL the female slips of all conditions, first the unmarried, then tlle married and lastly the widowed, in the first, second and .the third row respectively. Again the lowest two"horizontal row", contain the Hinuu, the ODe above them the Musalman, the fourth and fifth Jain and the uppermost Parsi slips. In the third pigeon-hole, slips were to be arranged which mlty be of rare use in the following order; the box was to be placed in the middle, so as to be utilized by both the posters on the table whenever required. c, s. 33 132 Males. Females. ------~------.----- Unmarried. :Married. Widowed Unmarried. Married. Widowed. Animistic Christians and others. ------Parsl. ~-.---'--_ ----- .J aill. Musalman. Hindu. Selections of slips witlt reference to Religion, Sex and Civil Condition:- 3. 'Vhen the enumeration-books were given to him for posting the poster ~vas instructed first to read the entries in column 4, 5 Instructions to the and 6 for the -person enumerated in it and then pick out poster. of the holes the slip corresponding with the religion, sex and civil condition of that person. As a further convenience the posters were supplied with small Devclar wood boxec;:, in which to place the slips posted by them. In order to acceler,tte the posting and to avoid daubs and stains, the posters were directed to use blue copying pencils, supplied to them, and, not ink. 4. For the whole work of Abstraction and Tabulation, three grades of .~ radps of \\,orkcl"s. workp.l"s were cl'cated:-- (1) the Recol'Cl.keepers, (2) the Supervisors and (3) the Posters. All of them were paid monthly stipends; because it appcarell that letting (mt such work in any other way had a tendency to btlittle its value find accuracy. But at the same time, I hud introduced the system of minimum standard of work in posting find checking and had also introduced the system of rewarding those who turned out more work thfln the minimum and of fining those who did less. nut for tabulation and compilation purposes, such a system could not be restored to, and, hence 1 had to depend much upon their sense of duty and honesty. In "order that each man may do the work allotted to him correctly and systematically I l1ud prepared and published the following rules for each of t,he three grades:- 133 5. Record.keepers (a) It if' the priinary Juty of the Hec(Jrd keeper to arnmge the bouks I1S they arrive from his District, in the Orders to the workiug order of the circles auu blocks to which they relate and -"taff. bind them in convenient Daft:ws, and then to paste on them 'labels containing the following particulars:- Name of the District, Name of the 1\lnh(l.l, ~ Name of the Village, From number ( ) to number, ( ) And the number of book. (b) He should particularly see that 110 book has cl;cape(l an-jval, in that case he -fihould promptly bring- the matter to the notice of the Assisstullt Census Superin tendent who will a.rrange to demand it from the Taluka. (c) To secure this object, he should keep :t regiRter in the form g~ven below and therein entel' the particulars mentioned fm- the books received qy him. (d) When he has assured himself that all the books of all the Talukas have been -:received and that they have been arranged as said above, he should write down in the right hand upper corner of the outer surface of the back cover of every book, in red ink a serial number for his District, and the same number on oue of the forms in the book, but in such a way as not to make illegible the matter therein written. (e) At the time he is writing down this number, he should also write below it :,the initial letter of the District in his charge c. ,q. K, V, N, B, and A for the Kadi, -Baroda, Navsari, City and Amreli Districts respectively. REGISTER No. 1. S7tou;i1~[J tlte Enumeration Bool.;s ~'eceilJed from tlte Maltals of the Dit'ision. Pro\'isional Totals. Finnl Totals. 1 --3--\ 4 l) --6-1--- --8- --D- --10- ---11- 2" 7 1 1- - ---i-i-I-I-~JI'----T- 1 ------(I) Before the books arc issued to the posters fot' postillg' the details on thecsJjp", the Record-keeper should "ee that there has heen no mistake maue in filling up column 2 for the 8e1'ial nllmber; and:f they find any, th9Y should. being it to the motice of the Assistant Censns Supct'intenJent (mel ;;ct it corrected after that, 11C 134 should cut off fro111 the from the coyer the enumerator's abstract after seeing that, it is correct and keep them nIl arranged in the same order in which the enmnCr!l tion books have been arranged. A necessary number of mea to work as Supervisors and Posters will be given to each Record-keeper, whelm he should distribute in t\VO brancheB A and B. and should take work from each branch according to the rules for their guidance, He should also supen-ise the checking of "lips and the preparation of the tables for his District. He should also see that two chairs and one table, two small boxes, :llId three pigeon-holes are supplied to every party of two posters; and that one table find other necessaries are supplied to It party of theee checkers. He should also see that slips of all the colours and sizes as well as blue copy ing pencils are supVlied to the posters in sufficient quantities. He should parti cularly see that the bundles received fWIll the checking parties have the same number of slips both male and female a" theil- numbers in the enumerator's abstract, and when he is satisfied as to this, he should arrange them in a serial order in the cupboards in his charge. He should make it a point to take and give signatures whenever any enumeration-boolc is issued out of his office and recei \-ed book ni the register mentiuned in Section ( ). He should keep if register in the form given below to register the number of slips posted and checked in the circles entrusted to the Supervisors under him, and enter therein the number posted of both the sorts A and B and the number checked from the registers of the Supervisors. He should thus keep separate Registers for the A and B Branches, REGISTEH, No. II. r!.. :::. 0) (2)-Supen·isoTS . (1.) Eny District of this State will be divided into as many circles as will llC thought expedient to eusure proper supervision and control oyer the Posters and Sorters. The Kadi District is divided into 12 circles, Baroda into 6 Amreli into '2 Navsnri into 4 :md tIle city into one. The supervisors are asked 135 to get as Il1any enumeration books issued from the record office as they think could be posted in a day and to enter the samc in a register in the form given below and to return the same vi,jth the slips posted in the evening to tlw Record-keeper. He is to sec that the posters and the checkers work properly and. do not waste time, nnd that they work according to the rules. He should solve the difficulties of the men in his cbarge [lnd should also ns..,ist the HecGrd-keeper in making the bundles of slips into heaps and in preparing the various Table,.;. In gi\'ing books to the posters, the supervisor should give a certain number of books out of those that he has recei\'ecl from the Record keeper to the A branch and the remaining to the 13 branch, and when both have finished, should exchange them, but in no case should he deviate from the rule of giving the books in the serial order of the numbers giyen on the books. He should s(~e that the books belonging to towns aDd the slips posted from them. are kept. separate from other books and slips. A t the time the posting is going on IH~ should move among his posters and see that the work is correctly done :md should correct all wrong entries. He should ktep a register in the form giyen below to enter the work done by the posters and checkerf3. under him. In short, the SuperYisor is responsible for his circle to the same extent as the 11ecord-keeper is for his district. REGISTER No. III. Statement shou:ing the daily' outtm'/l 0/ u'C'l'Jc in the ___ Branch of tlw ______1} i8l'l'ict. Branch A Name of the Sllpervisor. if en :... ,.!.d <:.> 0 ..0 (3)-Posters. (a) A Branch. Posters will be appointed in each district :lccora.ill~ tu the Exigencies therein The following rules are promulgated for their gllidunce:- c. s. 34 136 You should try to understand what the colours, the size and the shape of the sliFs in the pigeon-holes given to you represent. You should then commence the following particulars on the necessary ,,,lip from the books givcn to you for every individual, with a blue copying pencil. (1) The number of the book ~mrl below it tue serial number of the person in column 2 of the Enumeration-book. (2) The sect to which he belongs. (3) His Age ( column 7 ). (4) Caste, tribe or race ( column 8 ). (5) Literate or Illiterate (column 14-). (6) Literacy in English ( column 15 ). (7) Infirmit.y ( column 16 )0 You should while entering age, write only (1 zero for infants and omit months wherever stated ;write V on the slip relating to every European or Eurasian against whom the word "Volunteer" appears in the schedule; write the llame of the caste. tribe or race in full as given in the books; but you should not under flny circulUstances use abbreviations. You should, instead of writing any thiug for illiterates, draw a line thus __but if any male or female is literate you ,;)lOuld enter all the languages shown flgainst his or her name and ut=.:e the fol lowing abbreviaticns in so d'Jing:- Gu ;;: Gujarati. U = Urdu. B:= Bengali. Fa=(Farshi.) or Persian. Dra == Dravidian. Po = Portuguese. E=English. M = Marathi. S := Sanskrit_ Te = Telegu- Hi = Hindustani If any person is illiterate in English, instead of writing that fully, draw in a line, thus-but for a literate Enp;lish write E. Youshonld write down the fullowitlO"o abbreviations to denote infirmity; in all other cases draw a line thus- A=Blind (Andhla). De = Deafmute (Behera ). Ga=Insane (Ganda). R=Leper, (Ragtapitia). (b) B Branc!t The posters of this branch are to post the following particulars on the white slips given to them:- (1) The number of the book and below it the serial Humber of the person from column 2 of the enumerntion book. (2) Caste, tribe or race. ( Column 8 ) (3) Principal occupation. (Column 9 ) (4) Subsidiary occupation. ( Col umn 10 ) (5) :i\t[eans of subsistence of dependents. ( Column 11 ) (6) Birth-place. ( Col umn 12 ) (7) Language ordinarily spoken. ( Column 13 ) You should not use abbreviations while entering any othee pa,rticu!ar but that of language, in the Jatter case, you cnn use the same abbreviations as arc allowed to the A brn.nch for a similae matter. ( C ) Com,man to both branches All the postel's should post the slips in the sceial order of the entries in the books given to them and should after posting the particulars place the slips with face turned down in the small boxes given to them; when they have finished a book they should count the slips and see that the number corresponds to the total jn their books and then collect them~ place a title slip on the top and write the fall wing particulars on the same and then tie the whole bundle with a thread and give the bllndle with the book to the Supervisor in charge. Name of the District and Mahal. Name of the Village. N umber of the book. Nurnber of the slips. Dute of postillg. Signature. General. Besides the»e instructions, the following were also made kncwll to tllCm to fill up thc incomplete entries in the schedules. If the religion and sect of an individual is not sta.ted it should be ascer tained fl'om his name and caste; but if the latter also is not stated then fl"Om the entries as regards the other members of hii:l family. But if eH:n these meanf.; .are absent, then the entry should be as 'religion not returned ' If the sex is not shown, it should be determined from the name; but if this also is not mentioned it should be determined from the occupation Gf that indivi dual. If it cannot still be fixed then it should be taken to be female. In case the column for Civil condition is blanK it should be determined from the age and sex columns. e.g. a mah~ undee 12 Rhould be considered as unm::trrjcd; .above that and below 50, as married; and above 50 as widoweu; in the case of 138 temales a girl under 10 as unmarried, a woman above that and belolY 50 as a wife and aboye 50 as a widow. If the column for ngc is blnnk the morried males should be entered as aged 31 :md the females as 30; the widowed of both sexes as 51 and the unmarried boys as 12 and the girls as 10. In the ~ase of caste, tt'ibe or race being' not stated, it should be ascertained fiB far as possible from the names &c; but if that is not possible then the indi vi· dllal tlhould be returned as " caste not returned." If the c(,lumns V, 10 and 11 for actual occupation arc blank, in tho case of a womnn or a, hoy under 15 years, she or he should be entere(l as dependent upon the oC(';llpalion of the principal member of the family. If they are blank for IImles aunve 15, their occupations 5hould be settled from their llame, caste &c; bul. if that is not practicable, say that the occupation is not returned. If the column for birth place is blank, write the name of the District of this State wherein he \vas enumerated as his birth-place. If thc lIame of a Taluka. I>' written llscei'tain the District wherein it is situated and write it. I f the column for language ordinarily used in the house is blank in the C:t13C of an individual, ascertaiu it from his name, caste and birth-place. In the case of the column for literacy being blank, ascerbin it from the column fot· actnal occupation. If it is blank for a dependent, show him. as an iliiterate. Patent mistakes sneh as the entry of male in the column for sex again"t the llame of::t female, Ol' of literacy against the name of an infant, or of Mn"al man in the column ofl'eligion against the name ofa Brahman shonk!. be duly corrected. CHAPTER XVI- Tabltlaticn and Compilation. \\(hen the serial number of columns had been checked and tbe Euume rators' abstracts had been duly corrected, the.final total" The posting of slips. were got ready for the Districts and the State_ But it was thonght prudent to check these by con~puring them with the numbers of.the alips posted for each District. This posting of the slips was begnn on March 25th /lnd finiilhed with checking on 24th May 1900. Thus the posting of the slip" occupied aUlmt 2 months including holidays. The number of the slips of both fiorts posted has come to 39,05,:)84 and thus the number of slips posted in a any comes to 65,089-k-. The average number of slips postcd by olle mun per dny varied from 490 in the beginning to 50G at the end of April and to 525 when the work \\":lS finished. The salary of a postel' \'aried from R~. ] 2 to 15. Count ing at this rate the cost of posting 1000 slips comes to 0-14·3. The sortel'3 of both A ar.d B slips were asked to separate the male slips from those of the females. ,Vhen these tallied, the final totals ·were prepared and sent on to the Census Commissioner on the 16th cTnly U)Ol. After these totrtls were l'Endy, the work of preparing Irnpel'ial T:ibles J, II, HI, find IV wns taken in hand rmd finished in:t Pl'cpal'jr.g tl,c Imperial Table. short time. As by this time the A E=,Jips had all been posted, and as the posters were as said before, instructed to keep the town ~Iips separate fwm the other slips, table Vand VI were very o easily prepnred. The forms Ilse(1 in the preparntinIl of these tables were the same as those ill which they have finally arl1e:1l'cd in the ,T olume of Impeeial tables; und the size employed ,vas foolscflp. Along with this work, Imperial tables XVII and X VIH, whiClh are intenoeel specially for Christians, were prepared, as the Christian slips being comparatively few fi:ld ready for Imperial Table V were in a position to oe sorted without any cxtnt trouble. The ullit WfiS a TaJuka and the Taluka tot:.tIs ,,'ere adJed up to arrive at the District totals. These lattel' were added up to arrive at the total for the ""hole State. After these the work of preparing Imperial Table XIII fWIn A slips wus taken in hand; because the slips being ready for Religions, the castes could very easily be arranged; anel the sorters weee at the l'ame tin18 asked to separate for ~very cnste and lHTar;ge below it the infil'mity slips of that caste. In thi.;; way Im pcrial Tables XIII aud XII were got ready. But this work proved more laborious and cX(l.cting than intended, from the following extraneons caU8es. In the first place, B slip workers were ordered to take up the X VI Table (occnpation by caste with a view to see that both sorts of slips were correctly posted. But the result:;' on being compared, did not tally because the B slips being white ones, did not distinguish between the Jain ana IEndu cflstes. But "'hen these wcre added up ill the case of the B slips, they tallied so far 3S regaeds the number8. Besides this, there were also other difficulties. In the first place, some postenl had entered Audichyn. Bt'uhmftns, for Brahman Audichya ns in the book and sume as mere Auc1ichya, and so on in the case of almost. a1.1 other castes. All these had to be corrected and collected before being finally entered in the Table;;:. So then about 630 castes that had been collected by the posters, had to be congested into about :360. In the second place, names of occupations had been ill cert~in cases returned in lieu of custeEj these \vere also after d no enquiry corrected and settled. Lastly the unit being a Talulm, the task of cOinpiIution, as is quite natural, was very heltvy and irksome and gave occasions fat' mistakes to cl'eep ill now and then. Thus the preparation of Imperial Tables Xln and XVI took up nenrly a month. The forms used were the same :1!'-\ those preE'eribed by the Census Commissioner; their sizes are 20 by 15i7 and 20 by '27 inches respecti vcly, After these were ready, Imperial Table XII was got ready ill a yery short time; and then t11ese infirmity sljps were split up into the Ag e.periods pre· scribed for Imperial TableXII-A. Tire forms used for these Table!' were also the same in which they have finally nppeared. in the yolnme of Tn.perinl Tables their sizes were 20 by I5-§- for both. On these two tables being completed the preparation of Imperial Tab1c IX. was taken up frow. the A slips, as these were then ready by castes and the only c. s. 35 140 thing that remained to be done was to assort slips of every castei:1 the various groups for languages, in which the members thereof Vi'ere literate. This table occupied about 15 days as the compilation work was here also found to be onerous While this table was being prepaTed, the B slip workers were preparing Table XV. This last gave as much worry and trouble as all the tables combined did not; because the nnmber of occupations itself was very large and at the same time the posters even with the instructions given to them, were not able to reconciic the entries made on the slips with tho~e in the occupation list. Therefore there was :t reference to the higher officers for explanation every now and then. E\'en when" these "\'"ere over, after much trouble, the difficulty did not cease; h('(~al1;:l~ the com· pilation -\York was, as compared to other Tables, heavier on :::.ceount of the large number of occupations involved. So then this Table did not neal' its cOlllpletion hefore the Tables in the A Branch were cOlllpletell. The forms used for the: After Imperial Table IX, the VIIlth Table wn,s taken up. In o]"(lel' to llscel'taill literncy the arrangement of the slips fLlTi\'ed at for T'Lble IX after due sorting was i:;:cpt in tact, But each of the caste slips had tf) be split up into the fOllr rtgc-pcriods required f01' this Tahlc; the results art'ivetl at wcee totallcd up fOI' n. T~lllkn, and then for [L District.. It is to be borne in miud that the castes were preserved in this Table because literacy for religions was to be shown and also to avoid the difficulties experienced in preparing Table X [II and as the castes were necessary for table XIV. The figures for Heligions were got at by adding up the (_~aste totals of a District. The form used was the same as the form of the Imperial Tnble XIII and its size ,"'as ~o by 15k inches:-Then the slips were split up into groups few the three civil conditions; but its caste and age groups were preserved. Thns we see that withou.t much sorting, the Civil Condition for the fOllr age pe riods for every caste was obtained. But in order to meet the ref]_llirement." of hoth of t.he Impet'ial Tables VII and XIV, a special form as given below was devised and these fnur age.periods were split up into the age-periods therein shown, These being rendy by castes, it was very easy to compile them by religions for I rnperial Table XIY, Lastly the ClLstes were broken np but religions were maintained and the slips were further sorted into single years, This work brought us to the end of December'. So then it can be said that the tn bulatioll Inn. compilation work occupied nearly 7 months. Looking to the vast amollnt of work and matter in vol ved, this can not be s:dd, to be at all {,xcessi I'e. As the sects had also been recorded tlna as all the Imperial Tables harl been finished, the A slips were sorted by colours and then these were ~lgaill s(!rtec1 by sects returned, in order to prepare a Table of sects. This has been :lccordingly prepared and printed as a. Pwvincial Table. (See Provincial Table No. VI), Thus at this time the Imperial work was finished, and the euergy of the office WflI3 directed to the preparation of the subsidiary Tables. In all 137 Tables have been prepared. Out of these 62 Tables are those recommended by the Census Commissioner from time to time in Ilis Census notes. 7!) tables nrc devised to meet local wants and to illustr~te more fully some of the facts brought. out by the Imperial and Provincial Tables. The prepara::ion of these tablcs may be said to have Iasteu 2 months; though some persons were, even after the expira, tion of that perioll, maintained to do the Gorrccting and cheking work of these Tables. 14] '8 [Um8,i[ '61-S£ I '0IUW I ·a[umaa 'vI'gI - "d I ';)l'UW: .3:: I - ....'-< 'alBUl,\~_ .._. lI-S ---- "" I '~W£\T_ '""" '8jurn;\IT 'V-o _.-- l '~_lHW 'arU[JICla__ - ·lUl°J. -- r '8 [,UJ'\f 'cu.oqu '8[1HU8~1 pUB Ot 1'U10.L I '~U1l\I_ 'rl[tm18~1 - - '8AOqU plm OS '8p:W - - - 'epnHe.'I ._-- I GT"Ol' - - - 'aI'll}II 1- -- - ',Jlumad 'GS-Og pq0,L 'ClI'U IrII ------_. ·81 ULUCI.f Sf: os . ------,OJ [l.J l\l _- 1 '8{l{lU8d G(;-O(; --. I 'a[u],II ~ .3::.... '8l'UmClJ{ 2 (:il-!H ,- - i=1 'arUlrII -_- - 'aI13mag f'I-(,;I - " - ';)l"':W: _-- - I -'''IULUO J-I - -. "Lt-" '8 ['UJ\I ------ c a plLl18.fI -- -- . -- 't.°O °8I'1JI\: ------caPJUI '8'~S'UO JO amuN: J 142 '<)ACqU pU'G 1__ o_t)I,---ll_U_l~t)~=[~I~ _____~ ______Or lVioL I ° nO\: 1'-0 \ __oa_l_U_Ul_a_iI_ I °;JlUl\[ o;:)AOq'B 1 __·a_ l_'u_w_a_iI_I------pUB 017 I °u1'llJ'\1 lU'lO,T, ----;---_---- 8AOqU ___o_;:)_P_,l_H_a_JI_ puu OY Oa['IlW \ 1------°u['IlmaiI '~I __- \ 81Ul\I ------,.--- \ ------ __oa_1'll_w_a_..'I_ \ Oa[uJ£ I~------143 CHA.PTER XVII Miscellaneous. A,,; 8Qon as the Subsidiary Tables were ready, the work of preparing Dia- Diagrams & Maps prepar- grams and ma,ps WfiS taken np. For this purpo>,e eel and Report writing COIl1- Purshottam Lallubhfli Patel was engaged as a Draft.sman. lIlenced. He is a product of our Kala Bhavan; find I am glnd to record that he has given me entire satisfaction by the work he Ilfls turned Ollt. ~Before and along with this, the work of writing out the Heport \VflS being- carril'o 011. This work \ .. as fwished on 31-7-02 and mAy be said to have Insted 5 months. This time, this office bad besides the regular Census and the Ethllogrfl,phic inquiry, much other exr.ra wm"k to do Yiz (1) t}le inqniry Additional work dolte. about (a) sect!', (b) tattooing, and (c) nuti\"e Dais (Mifl wives), and (2) the pr('pamtion of a Censns Corle. The i.ngniry about sects find bttooing was carried on by means of qnestiolls. For t.he former the questions were prep;1red by m«,; find illtellig«'nt clerks were sent ont fwm my office specinlly to obtflill replies to them from the followers of the vnrious creeds. The men selected were 1\hganbhai Tulsibhai Patel; Damodar Had Ajrekar, Trimbak Ramchnndm Pamlit and Kalidas Dhirajaram. All of them have faithfully carried out the instructions given to them. Mr. Ajreker was very useful in getting the fact.s recorded into a systematic order. The inquiry as regards tattooing being in consonance with the Census Commissioner's wishes was directed to the qne"t.ions sent Tattooing'. by him and was carritd 011 by the District officers. Of thc replies recei\~ed from the various quarters, those from the Vahivatdar of Okhanmndal Mr. Rangnath Shmnbullath were the best. All the replies were collated, prepared in due form and sent on direct to the Censns Com miss ioner. The inquiry about the Dais was conducted in Baroda from the local Dais known also as Snyanis. This inquiey hns brought ont Dai~. much interesting- matter, \vhich was fOl'\Varded to the Censns Commissioner 011 ::::9th May 1902 for transmission to the Secretary to thl~ Countess of Dnfferin Fund for providing Medical aid to the women of India. The results of the first t\yO inquiries IJave been embodied in the CenFolls Report of this State, a. full synopsis of which is given here as a.ppell(lix 1. ~. Oll former occasions, the work of the Census WflS done by ii;suillg cil"· cular;;, on every occasion. This work "'as found en'ry Censlis Cocle. time onerOU8 and difficult. To obviflte this anrl to utili"e the experience of the past Cenf'.llSeS, it was decidea t(I ha YC :l Censns Code prepared ill order that 011 future occasions, there mny remain little need fOJ:" issning fresh instructions and circulal"s, except where esselltially necess:lr.,-. Sucll a Coele "has been prepared for this Haj in the GujerfLIi LHIlQ'llfige. In t}li~ Code there are lllflny matters which do not appear in the Irilperial Code of Cell"ll~ Procednre but which were found necessary for guidance in future. As compared with the last Censu8 e:xpenditure this Census show", n to~n I saving of Bs- 73,200 pL"incipally owing to the saving in time; becanse wheL'ens the Census of 1891 occupied G1 months from its inception to end, the present aIle has c. s. 36 144 occupied about -28 months. The account clerk, Lalll1bhai Chunilal has l,ept the ,lCCOLllI ts s[1tisfaetoriJy. Thc fjllflntity of work turned out., as com be nltturnll)' illferred [r'om what has prcceJccl has been greater than that in 1801. A separate Admillistration Heport ;llld thc yolnmc of Provincial Tables aloe entirely new. The llurnLer of maps and dingrams is uimof't doublc that of the Census uf IS!>1. The copies of onl" Hepol-t turncd out in 1891 were 350 only, while now they n.ee 900, as thefil'st demand of thc Goyernment of lndia was for 700 copies. Lnstly to m€et 10e,11 'Yf!uts cons~ tantly emanating from the Revenue and Educational Departmellts, a Gujrati \'0- Junte liaS been spec!ftJ]y prepared showing the prillcipnl castes for eyery villnge of this Stftte. But for this extra work the expenditurc this time would have ,gone .1owII still lower. I appcnd herewith 3 statements for futnre guidance; the first of these "hol\'S the lIlunbel' of blocks, cit'cles and houscs in each of the general Talukcts of ~,his State; the second shows thc llumber of the various forms that -were sllpplieo j-C) the Superintendents of the variou.'l charge;,; and the third shows the number of Enumerators, and Supervisors engaged fOl" both the enumerations. l-Stcttement sltOlcil1[J tlte distribution 0/ 8clwdules etc., in dijJerent i.llaTtals. Numbet, of loose Scheuules scnt. Name of TaIllkas. ..s ....~r-5 '" "'Wg~ 1 ::: 4 5 --6- --7- I!) -----,,------,---~ 1 Amn.,li :26!) 1,378 1 ;:'0 5 200 7- 1-1901 Dhiutkatta (Pda) 6 32 flO 100 6- 1-1901 .J Dalll113gar 101 50 100 9- l-I!:IOl 4 Shianrtgar (Peta) 34 14.3 liO lz-12-HlOI \ 5 Dhat'i ••• 183 1,006 10:) 200 8- I-H10l 48 2::iG 100 14.- ]-1:J01 7 Koliinar ] 70 !J70 100 200 10-] -1 !:lOt 8 OkhamalHbI •.• ';40 5 1,000 16- 1-1:101 9 Beyt (Publ') , .. )64 23 400 18- 1-]901 ]0 Patan ••• 657 3,72~ 100 I 10 200 7- 1-1901 : 11 I-hrij (Polo.) •.• n7 I 487 25 !)- 1-1901 12 SiJhpnr 014 2,773 t,l) 600 29- 1-1901 Vachtli 486 2,662 400 9- 1-190!. 4;0 2,585 !:I 5 4.00 6- 1-1901 15 Visnagar 385 2,220 , 125 I 10 200 7- )-1901 I i6 Kheralu '''1... 467 2,550 50 I (j I 200 6- 1-1901 145 17 Yijapul" GIS S,an1 I :!oo 500 t"- 1-1301 IS Kadi ... 100 2:)0 s- 1-1!JOl Ii) Kal.. ] .•. 475 2,iri5 50 5 400 ;,- I-19Oi iO DchgUll1 84,7 1,839 100 2:10 5- 1-1:)01 21 Attt1rsumlm (l'l'tn) 1iG 750 25 100 l(}- 1-1 'Jot ] ,088 100 COO 4- 1-1 !JOl H2 799 600 G- 1-1\]01 156 685 30 100 G- 1-11101 25 'lyara ... l,OiO 11) 10 100 4- 1-1901 198 73!l 25 100 4.- 1-1901 27 Vnjpuf (Pdl1) 238 0- ]-1901 2S Vebchha Ion &2S 10 100 5- 1-1901 2~ Vak",l (P"tn) ... "'\' 50 188 100 7- 1-1~01 .. J 192 coo 5- 1-1901 ;ll I'alsana 10,1, 5i8 GO (lOO G- l-l!JOl ;;2 13al'oJ'1 34.9 1,808 :10 100 u- 1-1\)01 ::\3 S::nli ... 277 10 100 8- ]-1901 :]4 FeHati 683 3,!Jll so 21) :O~ 4- '-InOl 217 ] ,2J4 10 6- I-IUOI :l6 Padm ... 404 2,243 30 5 100 4- l-lUOl 3; ChoranJa ] ,31)2 :,100 4- I-IDOL !J8 Vaghoclia 136 607 10 ::00 7- 1-1\)01 283 1,JCG 20 5 :::00 I 4- 1-1901 clO SiuOl'C IH 807 SOO I 8- I-2!JOl -11 SatlklwJa 1,018 400 I 5- l-I!JOl 48 166 2co D- l-lDO t 300 50 1- 1-1 ~Ol _~ ___. __1 __ . ____ Tutal ... 11,360 60,1['5/2,370, 185 J 2,OjO 146 ~-St[ltement showing number of Enumerators,Supervisors and Expenditlll"e in l\tahuls_ Number of Enu- Number of Expenditure incurred. merators. Supervisors. -----,-----1---,------;----- , Name of 'l'alllkas. '" '" Hemarks. ~ c' On House On contill::;ell. ~.~ numbering. c-,", cl"rks ~tc, ;... Z ~S _------1 3 6 7 8 ------_------1 .-\,urpll 302 s 26 23- 8-11 147-10- 0 .J Dl,imbtLa (Petn). 1 8 1 2 0- 4- G 2- G- 0 i6 !l7 4 15 8- 5-10 10c-14.- 3 4 Shi"lla':!"" (Peta). lO 38 1 4 2-10- 7 5-15- 1 5 Dlm!'i 63 7 22 :!!)- 1-10 127- 7-10 6 Kh.,mhn. (Peta) .•. 28 53 1 6 9- 8- 6 87-13- 9 7 Korlinlll' 70 1!l2 6 )7 11- 0- 0 116- 9-11 8 Okhamamlal 44 156 3 13 7 3-!) 110- G- 1 '.) Beyt (Pda) 1 46 1 4 0- 7- 0 11- 4- 0 10 Pnt::m 142 358 8 121 :14- 4- 0 181- 0-10 11 Harij (peta) 43 3 16 3-13':' 6 81- 3 1 12 Sidhpur RO 587 5 60 41- 7- 9 163-11- G 1::) Vml.wii 115 365 35 H2- 9- 8 166- 1- 4 14 l\Ichsau:-i 84 361 5 49 57-11- 0 137- 5- 0 56 444 4 40 14-11·- 8 13!l- 7- 1 16 Khcmlll \H 7 49 31- (l- \) 180- 8- 9 I, '-ijapm' 109 460 8 123 36 1,,- S lr;l- 9-11 18 Kalli 1111 580 7 48-14- 9 1i:i7-12:" 1 19 Kalol 6 11- 2- 5 151-13- [j I 20 l)ehg~llll D6 261 8 36-1:l- .1 21>0-10- 2 21 A Ll!1!'s11mbn( Peto.). ti7 111 2 22 16-10- 3 107-11- 8 i2 Navsari 61 ~72 4 7-11- 2 129- 3- 9 30 169 2 Hi 11- 9-10 114-14- 0 24 J.\f"illn" 69 133 3 40 10- l:-U 103-12- 2 1540 200 36 6- 8:" 6 129-11-10 ]53 93 35 : ... 8- 7- 0 10G-ll- 8 n 108 3 4 1-Ui- 9 95- 5- 0 \-elaelt It .. 58 12" 3 IG 10- ii- 1 81-10- 0 2D \"aklll (PlOt,,) 2 9 z- 5-'- 9 71- '4.- 8 3,40 I 30 Kmunj ..."'j 76 221 6 02 17- 4- 6 123-13- 0 147 tsumber of ~nn- l"llmher of I L"PCLditllt"8 incurred. merators. S aper\' ihors. I I ~ >-< ,_; ~. t" ~ @ - '"E! I c ..0 ~ ::: '" Name of Talukas . ._= c;::: ;:: Itf'lllarks~ S 8·- =<'" ;..::~ 03 ~§ .~ On T1011se On ponti ngelL- , ~ '- I '" '" :..... G,.l -:::: t; nuu1bel'ing. r ",";::I '" "y, dod," oj ;:; 3..1 Petlad 75 7UO 5 87 'Not available. 24&-11- 9 3:; Shl\va 3L 248 3 36 14-12- 0 1,.16- 8- 0 36 Padra 83 464 5 46 15- 0- 0 141- 8- 3 37 Chorancla 99 296 5 25 P-14- 0 124- 9- 1 33 Vaghodia 71 161 ;3 9 3-13- 0 102-13- 0 39 Dabhoi 103 330 5 30 4.-14- 0 10~-12- [, 40 Sin ore 46 165 3 14' lJ-IO- 0 96- 0- 5 4l Saukheda 192 316 4 36 6- 5- 7 9S- 2- 2 t 621 peons Were engaged 4~ TiJakwada (Peta). 33 ;)1 1 5 1-10- 4- 87- 8- 7 in pl'eliminat"y t ennnH~rnt,ion 43 B"roda City 573 658 51 GO 1,784- 9- 7 2,218- 3- 2 and l;l clerks ------~ --_------_---and one Asp,is- Total ••. jg,6jg 1 L,386 23i 1,431 2,402- 7-10 7.22::- i- 7 tHllt in otliup. iV, B-'Ibis expenditure is in mixed currency. 3-Statement showing Circles, BLocks and Ilouses in each T(/l~tk'l (Charge). ...... S NumlltJ£ of C ~ 0 R. '"'"" '" N arne of Talukas. "-' z en0) '"5: ,; eo rn"" . RetnarJ;:s. ~g] ~~ Cireles Bloeks. Houses. ~~] a;'; ~~~ U1 ~""'''' ------1------1 2 3 4 5 67 8 1 Amreli ... ., . ... J 23 2,;3 21,854 80 12 2 Bhimkatta (Peta) .. _ ... 2 6 297 49 3 3 Damnagar ..• .. , ." 13 86 7,9;i4 !J2 7 4 Sllianagar (Peta) ...... 4 34 2,299 68 9 5 DIHl.ri ...... 19 188 ]0,982 I [is JO 6 Khamba (Peta) ...... 6 49 2,986 61 I 8 Hi9 1l,3t7 61 11 7 Kodinar ... '" ... 16 I 8 Okhamandal ...... 12 13::! I 6,857 52 11 9 I Bpyt (Peta) ...... 4- \ 40 I 1,537 39 10 I c. s. 37. 148 :N HIll ber of Name of 'ralukas. Reillarks. Circles. Block, Honse, 1 ,---2---3---z- ---;--1-6-1-7------8--_ ]0 Patan 89 661 50,249 76 7 11 Harij (Petlt) 100 8,051 89 7 Sidhpur 48 513 23,385 11 '> ] .) y"aavli 42 4S7 12 11 JUehsana 49 412 28,218 10 15 Visnngar ... 35 386 31.1G8 81 11 ]6 Kheralu 41 468 35,8[)4 77 12 17 Vijapur 56 635 3ll,1l6 62 11 1') Kacli 46 510 26,890 53 II HI Kalal 47 577 40,039 61 12 20 Dehg-am 26 34.1 2J,9:l2 73 13 2-1 A_ttru·SllUl],(l. (Polo) .•• 22 8,270 47 8 ~2 N:Lvsari 15,on 61 J2 23/ Gandevi 12 149 a,3IZ 63 13 :24 ::\fallllm 21 156 7,136 4tl 8 25 Yyara 31 268 (),JG7 35 9 2G Song-nelh 30 2Dl 6,300 3'] I 7 27 Vajpnr (Pets) 28 97 1,066 11 4 2~ Ychchha ... 12 110 59 10 29 Yakal (Peta) 7 50 :l,120 4.2 7 SO Kumroj 721 n,177 58 3 31 Pulsall(l. 11 105 5,872 56 10 3>l Baroc1" 43 20,511 58 8 S3 Sadi 25 278 17,054 61 12 Bel PeLlad ... ; 76 688 50,5:l3 9 35 Sisva 32 217 ]5,981 74 7 36 Padm 40 404 28,368 70 10 37 Choranda .,. 22 259 17,921 69 12 3d YlJ.ghocli", 9 140 6,815 4(l IG sa Dabhoi 27 288 18,957 63 11 40 Sinore 13 144 10,545 73 11 41 ISnnkhedll ... 32 276 12,052 44 9 ~2 'l'ilkw,"la (Pota) 5 45 ],741 149 ,_; A'" C) ,... Number of """""" A <:f-I Q) § Ocr..~ oP.t :J);;' • ICD u:J .. Z Name of Talukas. bD ta ~ 1;O,.!.:;:: APPENDIX. CONT1~NTS. PAGE INTRODUOflON. xxxvii-::di CHAPTER I.-DISTRIBUTION 01<' POPULATION. GENERAL DESCRIPTION, DIVISIONS, RAINFAJ~L, AREA, DENSITY, PROXI MITY OF TOWNS AND VILLAGES, HURAL AND URBAN POPULATION. I.-GENERAL 'DESCRIPTION ;-1. I'bysica! features; 2. Fertility of the soil; 3. Crops; 4. Railways; 5. Rainfall; 6. Temporature and climate; 7. Health; 8. Chief places of interest. II.-ARFlA. IlI.-ADMINIsTRA'rIvE DIYISIONS. IV.-POPULA'l'ION: ITS DISTRI BUTION AND DENSITY. V.-HOUSES AND HOUSE-ROOM; DISTRIBUTION AND DENSITY. VI.-TOWN A:srD COUNTBY ; URBAN AND RURAL Po PULATION ; RELATIVE DISTRIBUTION ; ABEALITY AND PROXIMITY OF TOWNS AND VILLAGES :-1. Goneral Remarks; 2. City, Towns and Villages; 3. Ocoupied Villages and Areality; 4. Urbllu and Rural Populations; 5. Proportion of the flexes; 6. Areality of Towns and Villages 1-44. CHAPTER II.-MoVElIfENT OF POPULATION. 1. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS'. 2. V ABlATIONS IN THE POPULATION OF THE STATE AND ITS DIVISIONS. 3. DECREASE IN DENSITY. 4. VITAL STATISTICS. .5. MIGRATION AND ITS EI!'FEOTS. 6. V ARIA TIONS IN THE MAHALS. 7. VARIAT[oN"S IN THE URBAN AND RURAL POPULATION 69-97 CHAPTER IlL-RELIGION AND RELIGIOUS S,ECTS. 1. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 2. PBEV~LENT RELIGIONS. A.-Hin dus; (a) (1) Publio Worship; (2) PrivlIte and other Worships; (b) Feast,,; (c) Pilgrimages; (d) V1'atcls or YOWS; (e) S,mskaras; u5 ShradliMs; (g) Some common beliefs. B.-Seats: (1) Main Seats of Hindus; (2) Minor Religious Sects found in the Baroda Stato. C.-Other Religions and Sects besides the Hindus; (1) Jains ; (2) Parsis; (3) Musalmaus; (4) Animistios. 3. GENERAL DIS TRIBUTION OF POPULATION BY RELIGION. 4. DISTRIBUTION OF RELIGIONS BY NATURAL DIVISION AND DISTRICTS. 5. DISTRIBUTION OF SECTS 117-178 CHAPTER IV.-AGE, SEX AND CIVIL CONDITION. SUBJECT PROPOSED. I. AGE.-l. PRELIMINARY RElIfARKS. 2. AGES OF THE PEOPLE. 3. PROPORTIONS IN AGE DISTRIBUTION. 4. AGE TABLES OF OTHER COUNTRIES COMPARED. 5. SMOOTHED AGES. 6. MEAN AGE. 7. COllf PARISoN 'WITH THE AGE RETURNS Ol!' PREVIOUS CENSUSES. 8. AGES BY RELIGIONS. 9. DIVISIONAL RATIOS COMPARED. 10. INFANTS. 11. USEFUL AND DEPENDENT AGEs-(a) In the State,-Comparisons; (b) In Urban and Rural Areas; (c) In Famine and Non-famine Tmcts; (d) By Religions; (e) By Castes or Haces 195-218 it PAGB II. SEX.-l. GENERAL OBSERVATIO~S. 2. ~U]\IBERS AND PERCENTAGES. 3. DIVISIONAL RATIOS COMPARED; A!: III. CIVIL CONDITION.-l. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 2. GE- NERAL FIGURES A: CHAPTER V.-EDUCATION. 1. l'RELnUNARY REMARKS. 2. EDUCATION IN BARODA STATE. 3. NUMBERS AND PERCENTAGES. 4. EDUCATION BY AGE-PERI@DS. 5. EDUCATION BY RELIGIONS. 6. EDUCATION BY CASTES. 7. EDU CATION BY AGE-PERIOD AND SEX IN THE DIVISIONS •• 8. ENGLISH KNOWING IN THE DIVISIONS BY AGE-PERlOns. 9. COMPARIsoN WITH l'HE PREVIOUS CENSUSES. 10. CO:lIPARISON WITH OTHER PROVINCES AND COUNTRIES. 11. EXPENDITURE 0::>1 EDUCATION COMPARED 317-342 CliAPTEll VI.-LANGUAGE. 1. PrUJ1LI1IUNARY RElIIARKS. 2. LANGUAGES IN BARODA TERRITORY AND THE NUMBERS USING THEU. 3. PERCENTAGES. 4. LANGUA CHAPTER VII.-INFIRMITIES. 1. PRELIMINARY REMARKS. 2". NU)IBERS AND PERCENTAGES FOR THill INFIRMITIES; COMPARISON WITH THE RESULTS OF THE PREVIOUS OENSUSES. 3. COMPARISON WITH OTHER PROVINCES. 4. IN~'IRMI TrES BY DIVISIONS. 5. INFIR1\UTlES BY ilELIGIONS.-6. INFIRlIII TIES BY AGE-PERIODS. 7. INSANITY; ITS CAUSES AND PREVA LENCE. 8. DEAF-MUTISU; ITS CATJSES AND PREVALENCE. 9. BLIND NESS; ITS CAUSES AND PREVALENCI.;. 10. LEPROSY; ITS CAUSJ<;S AND PREVALENCE. 11. INFIiuIITIES BY OCCUPATIONS 395-UG CHAPTER VIIl.-CAsTill, TRInE AND RACE. 1. CmrPILATION OF CASTE STATISTICS.-2. How CASTES WERE F01UI ED ; THEIR STATUS. 3. CASTE ORIGINATING FROM CLASSES; CASTE RESTRICTIONS OF INTERMARRIAGE AND INTERDINING SLOWLY FORMED. CONTEMII'S. jii 4. TRADITIONAL ORIGINS OF THE SUB-CASTES AS COLLECTED F1W,l,i PERSONAL ENQUIRIES :-1. Gauda Brahmo.ns.-II. Dravida Bmh mallS ;-A. The. Dravids, Karnatakas and Tai1angas ;-B. The Maharashtm Brahmans ;-C. The Gujarati Brahmans ;-(a). Immi grant Gujjar Bmhmans,-(b). Local Gujjar Brnhmans (1) Kathiawadi (2) Northern Gujamti (3) Southern Gujarati (4) Lower Castes pro moted. 5. THE KSHATRIYAS, THEIR ORIGINS AND DIVISIONS:-CC') '['he Warrior Kshatriyas; (b) The Writer Class·; (0) The Trading Class. 6. THE VAISHYAS, THEIR ORIGINS AND DIVISIONS :-(a) Vanias, Trader.. ; (b) Agriculturists,-(l) Kunbis (2) Agriculturists who claim Rajput descent; (0) Cattle-breeders; (d) Artisan dass. 7. RELIGrous MENDICANTS. 8. SUDRAS-(l) Not unclean :-(a) Those rendering personal servico; (b) Those who do petty business; (c) Those engaged in labour and agriculuture; Cd) Those who are performers and actors.-(2) The Unclean Castes. 9. SUMMARY. 10. GRoupn,G ACCORDING TO THE OLASSIFICATION BY THE OENSUS CmnIlssIONER. 11. SOCIAL PnECEDENCE ACCORDING TO THE REPORT Ob'THE OOMMITTEES. 12. .l\'I.ARRIAGES AMONG THE HINDUS. 13. OASTES AMONG THE .JAINS. 14. THE YARSIS. 1.'). MUSALlIfAN TRTBES. 16. Al>."TIIISTICS. ] 7. NUMBERS AND PERCENTAGES. 18. DIA. GRAM. 19· CASTE, TRIBE AND RACE BY SOCIAL Pm OHAPTE R IX.-OCCUPATION. 1. DIFFICULTIES AS REGARDS OCCUPATION ENTRIES; INSTRUOTIONS TO ENUMERATORS. 2. CLASSES, ORDERS AND SUB-ORDERS. 3. OCCUPATION STATISTICS BY NUMBERS. 4. GENERAL DISTRIBUTION BY OCCUPATION. 5. PERCENTAGES OF WORKERS IN THE ORDERS AND SUB-ORDERS. 6. DISTRIBUTION OF AGRICULTURAL POPULATION BY DISTRICTS. 7. DISTRIBUTION OF THE INDUSTRIAL POPULATlON BY DISTRICTS. 8. DISTRIBUTION OJ!' THE OOMMERCIAL POPULATION BY DISTRICTS. 9. D[STRIBUTION OF TIlE PROFESIONAL POPULA TION BY DISTRICTS. 10. DISTRIBUTION OF OTHER CLASSES. 11. COllIPARISON WITH THE PREVlOUS CENSUS. 12. OCCUPAT[o~ OF lJ ElIfALES BY ORDERS 593-637 ------ SYNOPSIS OF REPORT. CHAPTER I. -DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION. General Description, Divisions, Rainfall, Area, Density, Pl'oximity of Towns and Villages, Rural and Urban Populat,ion. I.-GENERAL DESCRIPTIO~. 1. PHYSICAL Fm,\.'rUllES. Para. Pugo 1. Geogru.phicru boundaries 1 2. Limits 1 3. The four Prauts or DivisiollS 2 4. Villages interlaced with those of Foreign jurisdiction 2 5. The Prants dissimilar in ethonographical conditions, soil and climate 2 6. Hills and ridge'! 2 7. Rivers and their courses 3 8. Lakes-The Sayaji Sarovar-Sea-board 4 9. Talulms or Mahals 4 10. Nature of the soil 5 2. FERTILITY OF THE SOIL. 11. Fortility of the soil 5 3. CROPS. 12. Crops ... 5 13. Superior cultivation 5 4. HAlLWAYS. 14. Railways 6 15. Feeders in the Kndi Diyi,ion 6 16. Feeders in the Baroda DivisiolJ 6 17. Railways in the Nuvsari Division 6 5. RAINFALL. -18. Hninfall 1 19. Comparison of rainfall in different years 7 6. TEMPERA'fUlIE AND CLIMATE. 20. Temporature .. , 7 21. Climate 7 22. Climate in the different Divisions 7 7. HEALTH. 23. Prevalent dil!eases, Baroda 8 24-. Causes of prevalent diseases 9 vi SYNOPSIS OF REPORT. Para. Page 8. CHIEF Pr..ACES OF INTERBST. 25. Chief places of interest-The Capital Oity-The Arts College-Female Training College-Sursagar-Othel' Eduoational Institutions-The Hos pital-The Peoples' Park -The Government Offices-The Jail-Drainage -The Palaces g 26. Dwelling houses in the City 12 27. Dabhoi 12 28. Karvan 13 29. Anusuya 14 80. Karnali 14 :n. Towns in the Navsari Division 15 32. Navsari 15 33. Songhad 15 34. Hot water springs of Unai 16 35. Kadi Division 16 8G. Patull or Pattan-Rani yav-Sahasra Ling Tank-Statue of Vanraj-Kh&ll Sarovar 16 37. :M:ndhera 17 38. Vadnagar 17 39. Siddhapur or Sidhpur-Rudramab ] 8 40. Bechraji 18 41. Amreli Division, Dwarka-The Shrines at Beyt HI n.-AREA. 19 42. Area ••• 43. Comparison with other States generally 20 4.4. Relative areas ... 20 45. Average size of Divisions 20 IlI.-ADMINISTRATIVE DIVISIONS. 46. Four Divisions 20 20 47. Amreli Prant ... 48. Amreli and Dhari Mahals 20 49. The Gir .. -. 21 50. KodintLr Mahal 21 !H. Damnagar Mahal 21 52. Okhamandal 21 53. Kadi Prant 22 54. Do. 22 55. Baroda Pront .. , 22 56. Petlad-Savli-Vaghodia Mahals 22 57. The Baroda and Padm Mahals 23 58. Choranda, Sinor, Sanl.heda and Dabhoi Mahals 23 59. Navsnri Prant. .. 23 60. Navsal'i Mahala 23 61. Navsari Forests 23 62. Talukas or l\iahaIs oompared with 1891 24 63. Areality of a Taluka or Sub· Divisional Mahal 24 64. Cultivation ofland 24 IV.-POPULATION, ITS DISTRIBUTION AND DENSrry. 65. Total population 25 66. Population comparod ••• 25 87. Population by Divisions' 25 SYNOPSIS OF REPORT. Vll Para. Page 68. Decrf'!lse of population 25 69. Variation of (J0pulation by Talukas ••• 26 70. Mean density .•• 26 71. Mean density as ranked with other Census areas 27 72. Densities compared with those of other countries 27 73. Divisional densities compared with one another '27 74. Comparison with the Britiilh Zillas ••. 27 75. Density compared with that of the Native Stutes 28 • 76. Oomparison with the counties of England ••. 28 '77. Ratio to total area and to total popUlation compared 28 78. Areality of persons 28 79. Sub-Divisional densities 29 80. Village densities 29 81. Village density varies with proximity 29 82. Classification of densities according to grades 29 83. Percentage of the internal density in each Division and in the State 30 84. Extromos of density in Talukas 31 85. Variation in density ••• 31 86. Not variation in denisty since 1872 .•. 32 87. Densities of the different classes of Towns 32 88. Density of the Oity •.• 32 89. Ward densities 33 ·V.-HOUSES AND HOUSE-ROOM; DISTRIBUTION AND DENSI1'Y. ·90. Classification of houses not attempted 33 91. 'House:' defined ;33 92. Occupied ~lJd unoc()upied houses 34 93. Vadation in occupied and uno()cupied hOW'!6S 34 94. Variation by Division 34 95. Oomparison with Gujarat, and other Districts 34 96. Ratio of occupied houses to the total houses 34 97. Hntio of unoccupied to occupied houses 34 98. Mabalwar variations in occupied houses 35 99. House-room ... 35 100. Average llumber of persons pel' house 35 VI.-TOWN AND OOUNTRY: URBAN AND RURAL POPU LATION; RELATIVE DISTRIBUTION; AREALITY AND PROXIMITY OF TOWNS AND VILLAGES. I.-GENERAL RE~1ARKS. 10l. Urban and Rural popnlation 36 2.-0ITY, TOWNS AND VrLLAGFJs. 102. City, Towns and Villages 37 ] 03. Towlls ••• 37 10L Clatisification of Towns into grades 37 105. Comparision with British Gujarat 38 106. Villages 38 107. Inhabited and uninhabited villages 38 3.-0CCUPIED VILLAGES AND AREALITY. 108. Occupied villages 38 109. Areality of Towns and Villages 3!) 110. Size of villages 39 111, Compamtiye statement of villages 30 viii SYNOl'SIS OF :REPORT. Para. Page 4.-URBAN AND HURAL POPULATIONH. 112. Percentages of Urban and Rural populations 40 113. Comparison with 1891 40 114. Urban population--Average populntion per town 40 115. Rural popUlation-Diagram ... 41 116. Fluctuations in the Ru raI amI Urban popUlation in the different Divisions. 11 117. Rani and Rasti Maha15 of Navsari 42 5.- PROPOR'l'ION OF THE SEXES. 118. Fluctuation in the sexes by Divisions 42' 119. The pmportion of sexes viewed ill another light 43 6.-AREALITY OF TOWNS AND VILLAGES. 120. Area1ity of Towns 43 121. Radius of Town-Gircle in miles 44 122. Proximity of Towns in miles 44 123. Areality of village circlo .and proximity of villages 44 CHAPTER JI· MOVEMENT OF POPULATION. 1.-GENERAL CONSIDERATlONS. I. The pl-ovions Ohapto!" 6!) 2. The foraos oporating for the movement of population 69 3. l)1ultiplioity of rna!"riages 70 4. J),fultiplioHy of marl'i::J.ge an indirect check to population-Plague and Famine 71 5. The Famine of 1890-1900 and the succeeding yem' .. , 72 6. The cause and effect of the great famine 72 7. The incideJ;ce of the distress on all occl'pations 73 e. A check 011 migrations 74 8 (a). Diagram H 9. State relief and the habits of the people 74 10. Decrease of population 75 11. Migrations 75- 12. InduGoment to emigration and immigrntion 76 2.-VARIATIONS IN 'tHIll POTULA'l'ION OF THE STATE AND ITS DIVISTONS. 13. VariatiOl!S in the pOIJulation of the State and its Divisions... 76· 14. Total decl'ense in percentage 77 ] 5. 'rhe Map 77 16. Percentages of variation contrasted with those of the past three Censuses... 77 17 . Net variation in the period 187-2-1901 78 18. Percentage of decrease in the sexes... 78 B.-DEOREASE OF DENSITY. 19. Decrease of density 78. 4.-VITAL STATISTICS. 20. Registration of births and deaths 21. The syst.mll prevailing in this State 22. Deficit viewed from tho point of loss by diseases :md famine 23. St:Itistics as supplied by the Medical and Sanitary Departments SYNOPSIS OF REPORT. ix Pura. Page. !l4. Comparison of actual and estimated population 82 25. Comparison of the District-born with 1891 •.. 82 26. Diagram of vital. statistics 82 5.-MIGHATION AND ITS EFFECTS. 27. Nmnbors of immigrants 83 28. A great diminution in the numbers ... 84 .29. Comparison with 1891 84 30. Proportion of the sexes of immigrants 8' 31. Internal immigrations 84 32. Comparison with the previous Oonsu[l 85 33. Emigration outside the State 85 34. Migration to British territory and Feudatory States 86 35. Emigrants to the Bombay Presidenoy compared with 1891 86 36. Decrease in the Divisions 86 37. Diagram-population of 1901 6.-MAHALWAB V ABUSION. 44. Trnnsfer of villages and populations betwf~en Talukas 91 45. Sub-Table H. for variations in the Talukas ... 92 46. The Maps of the four Divisions 93 7.-VARIATION IN THE URBAN AND RURAL POPULATION. • 47. Variation in the Urhan pupulation 94 48. Towns in the Kadi Division ... 94 '. 49. Towns in the Navsari Division 9J 50. Towns in the Baroda Division 95 51. Urban vurin.tion percentage compared with other Indian towns 95 52. Variation in the rural population ·95 53. Percentages of decrease in the agricultural and non-agricultnral classes 95 54. Chapte>: concluded 96 OHAPTER III· RELIGION AND RELIGlOUS SECTS. I.-GENERAL Om:lEHVATIONH. I. Enquiry into religions and sects 117 2. Government of India order to substitute sect for religion ••• 11:' 3. Baroda allowed to enter both religion and sect. 117 4. N urn bers by religion 118 5. Points for oonsideratioll suggested by tho Census Commissioner 118 6. Difficulties in tIle way 119 x SYNOPSIS OF REPORT. Para. Po.ge. 2.-PREVALFlNT RELIGIONS. A. Hindus. 7. Evolution of Modern Hinduism from the Ancient religion 119 8. Hindu religion impersonal; how defined? 120 9. Consideration of the points for gauging the actual working bolief... 121 a. (1) Public worship. 10. Worship 122 11. Shiv8 worship 122 12. Vishnu worship 122" 18. The worship of the goddesses 123 14. Ganesh and Hanuman worship 123 15. U uclean castes excluded 123 a. (2) Private and otlte1' wors!lips. 16. Popular and private worship ... J24 17. Sun worship .,. 124 18. Ganosh worship 124 19. Sitala worsnip 124 20. Other worships-planets, animals, trees and plants 124 21. Stone worBhip-shells worship 125 22. Dhan und Chopda worship 125 23. Arms worship 125 24. Objects of worship 126 25. Caste distinctions in worships 126 b.-Fasts. 26. Fu:sts .•• c.-Pilgrimages. 27. Pilgrimages ., . 126 • d.- V'I'atas 07' vows. 28. V ratas or vows 127 29. Vat SlWitri V rata 127 30. Nag Panchumi Vrata 128 31. Haritalika Vrata 128 32. Vaikuntha Chaturdashi V rata 128 33. Rishi P,mchami V rata 129 34. Anant Chaturdashi Vrata 129 35.· Sanskaras 131 36. ShraddMs 132 37. Funeml offerings 133 38. Post-funeral ceremonies 133 g.-Same common beliefs. 39. Some common religious notions-fatalism 134 40. The transmigration of souls ... 134 41. The world, a Maya ••• 134 42. The moral code of the Hindus 135 43. Belief in ghosts and spirits 135 ·14. Charity to Brn hmans ... 135 45. Social ostracism 136 46. Summary 136 SYNOPSIS OF REPORT. Xl Pam. Page. B. (1). Main Sects of HindlU. 47. Throt} loading seats 136 48. Thoir sacred hooks 137 49. New sects and their origin 137 50. The Vaisbnava SAets ••• ]37 51. l\,fajor Vaishnava sects 137 52. Nimbllra];:s 137 • 53. The lVIadhavacharis 137 54. Ramannjas 138 55. Vallahhacharis 138 56. Ramanandis ... 139 57. Kabir Panthis 139 .58. Prinoipal minor sects-Swami Narayana 139 (2).-il:linor Religious Sects found in the Ba1'oaa State. 59. 1 Radha Vallabhi seot. 139 60. 2 The Khijada Plinth ••• 140 (ll. 3 Ramdasi Panth 14.0 62. 4 Gopinath Panth )40 63. 1) Surya Upasak 141 64. 6 Bavi 8aheb ... 141 065. 7 Lalvadia Panth 142 66. 8 Nakabnki Panth 142 67. 9 Apadan 143 68. 10 Snji Sawai Panth ••• 143 ,69. 11 Bhagat's Panth H3 70. 12 Patwala P::mtll 144 71. 13 Vadvala Panth 144 72. 14. Uda Kabir-Panth 144 '73. 15 Garibdas or Bhavdas 145 74. 16 Rllml1vat GoJad Pauth 145 75. 17 8:mtrnm Pauth 145 76. 18 Ramrle\:ji Panth .,. 145 77. 19 Bij Panth .•• 146 78. 20 The Kuchalia Panth 147 79. 21 The Shruvun Pauth 147 ,80. 22 Ganesh Panth 147 81. 23 Narsinha Pauth 148 82. 24 Rohidas Pantll 148 83. 25 Garud II Panth 148 84. 26 Palan or Ajepal Panth 148 85. The 8hakta sacts 148 C.- Other Religion!! and Sects besides the Iiindus. (1). Jains. 86. The J ains 149 87. The Jain Temples 149 .88. Imitation of Hindu custom 150 (2). The Parsis. '89. The Pars is 151 (3). ilIallOmedanism. ~O. The lUusalnums 152 Xll SYNOPSIS OF REPORT. Pr.m. Page. Sects in Baroda State. 91. 1 Hajrat Pir Sect 152 92. 2 lVT ahomedi P::mth 153 !!3. H The Pirana sect 153 H4. 4 The Agakhan sect 154 (4). Allimistics 95. Animism defined 155 96. Their roligion and Jeitios 15~ 97. The offerings to tho gods 156 98. The greater deities worshipped 156 99. The lesser deitios 156 100. Special deities 157 3. GENERAL DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION BY RELIGION. 101. N umorica! strength of all religions 157 102. Proportions per 10,000 of the population 157 103. Comparison with the eurlier Censuses; variations amI percentageii of variations ... 158 104. AJ'ya and Brahmu SlIumjists, Sikhs 158 105. Main Religions 15S 106. Zoroastrians 159 107. .Tains .. , 159 108. Musa!mans 159 109. Hindus 159 110. A solution suggested ... leo 111. Proportions per 10,000 of population compared 160 4. DISTRIBUTION OF REUGlONS BY NATURAL DIVISION AND DISTRICTS. 112. Proportions per 10,000 of each religion-Hindus-Musalmans-Jains- Christians-Animistios-other religions •• _ 161 113. Maps ... 16Z 114, Sllmmary 162 115. Percentages of different religions in the Divisions 163 116. The Diagram ... 163 117. Comparison with 1891 164 118. British Gujarat Gompat'ed 165 119. Numbers of individuals professing other religions to 100 Hindus 16& 120. Christians 165 121. Christian Denominations 165 122. Urban amI rural distribution by religions 166 5. DISTRIBUTION OJ,. SECTS. 123. Sects abstracted 167 124. Main sects of the aindu Religion 167 125. The three sects in the Divisions 167 126. Proportion per 1,000 of the Hindu population in each Divhion 168 127. Numbers for the sub-sects of 'Vaishnavism-Minor snb·divisions of Vaishnavites 169 128. Main sub· divisions of the Vaishnavites 170 129. Vallabhaolmrya 170 130. Swami Narayan 171 131. Radha VaIlabhi or Pranami... 171 132. Bijpanthi 171 133. Madhavacharya 171 134. Ramadasi 171 SYJ:\OPili8 OF REPORT. XUl Para. Page. 135. Haman::m'lis ... 172 136. Ramanujas 172 137. Gnneshpanthi, Ramdevji and Kabir Panthi ••• 172 138. Sects of the Jains liS 13U. Distribution in the Divisions ..• 173 140. Proportions per] ,000 Jains,in each Division 174 141. Sects of the Parsis 174 142. Divisional Distribution 174 U3. Proportions of Shehenshahi and Kadmi per 1,000 Parsis .,. 174 144. llInin Sects of ·])1usalmans-Nu!llba.rs and percentages in tho Divisions Sunnis 174 145. ShillS •.. 175 146. Sub-Divisions of' Sunnis 175 147. Proportious of Sunnis and Shins per 1,000 in each Division 175 148. $ln:fluenoe of Religions-J6.ills-Musalmans-AboriginaIs .•• . .• 175 CHAPTER IV. AGE, SEX AND CIVIL CONDITION. SUBJECT PROPOSED. ]. Arrangement of the Chapter •• , Hl5 PART I.-AG E. 1. PRELIMINARY RElIIARKS. 2. Importance of an Age Return at a Census 195 B. Cinmmstances in European Gountries Gontrasted with those of India 195 4. Fluctuations in the birth and deat.h-mtes 196 5. Want of oorrect Birth and Death Registers 197 6. vVrong ages ••• 197 2. AGES OF THE PEOPI,E. 7. Instruotions to;Enumerotors on the Bubjeot of age ... 197 8. The age tables 1\)8 9. Inaccumcies in the number of males and females 198 10. Causes of the anomaly ]98 11. Female ages as contrasted with male ages .,. 200 12. Quinquennial groups of the age-periods 200 3. PROPORTIONS IN AGE DISTRIBUTION. 13. Age distribution uf 10,000 of eaah sex 200 14. The causes of irregularity in age-periods disoussed '" 200 15. Comparison with previous Census of corresponding age-periods of same individuals 201 16. Improvement noticeable 202 17. Decennial numbers ••• 203 18. The diagrams showing proportions per 10,000 208 4. AGE-TABLES Oll' OTHER COUNTRIES COMPARED. 19. Comparison with British Gujarat and other Divisiou~ of ihe Bombay Presidency •. , 204 20. Comparison with Bombay and Madras Presidencies and India as a whole .•. 204 21. Comparison with Englund and Wales 205 XIV SYNOPI5IS OF REPOl~T. Para. Page. 5. SMOOTHED AGES. 22. I::5moothing tho age inaccuracies 206 23. Life-tuble Dot constrncted 207 6. MEA.N-AGE. 24. Menn-ago 207 25. Mean-age by relif,rion 207 26. Mean-age for sexes ... 208 7. COMPARISON WITH THE AGE RETURNS OF PREVIOUS CENSUSES. 27. Numbers and varbtions in all age-periods in 1881, 1891 and 1'001 .. , 208 28. Considerations of the above results ... ~10 29. Illustrative diagrams 211 8. AGES BY RELIGIONS.: 30. Age distribution by religion 211 9. DIVISIONAL RATlOS COUPARED. 31. Divisional varia.tions 212 10. INFANTS. 82. Infant ages 213- 11. USEFUL AND DEPENDENT AGES. a.-In the State / its comparison. as. Useful and dependent ages ..• 214 34. British Gujamt and Native States ~ompared 214 b.-In U1'ban and RU'I'al Areas. 3411.-tJrban and rural £gures for dependents and workers 214 c.-Famt·n~ and non-Famine Tracts. 35. Famine and non-famine traots 215 d.-By Religions. 36. Workers and dep9ndents by religions 217 e.-By Castes 0'1' Races. 37. By castes or races 217 38. Conclusion 218 CHAPTER IV. PART II. -SEX. 1. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 1. Usefulness of tables of sex 237 2. NUMBERS AND PERCENTAGES. 2. Female numbers generally less everywhere-Imperial India Census Table 1- Baroda Divisions ... 238 3. Smaller numbers in all Censuses 238 4. The map 23S 5. Proportions by age-periods 239 6. Diagram 239 3. DIVISIONAL RATIOS COMPARED, AND RATIOS OF OTHER PROVINCES AND COUNTRIES'. 7. Proportions by Dhisiolls 240 8. British Gujarat oomparod 241 9. Comparison with the otber Divisions of the :Bombay Presidenoy 242 10. ComDarison with other Provinocs and Countries 242 8YNOrSIl-I OF REl'ORT. xv Pam. Page. 4. S1 6. DEFICIENCY OF FEMALES ENQUIRED INTO. ] 9. Deficiency of females in the age· period, 5-20 248 7. PROI'ORTION OF SEXES IN UllHAN AND RURAL .AREAS. 20. Urban and rural female proportions .•. 248 8. GREATER ACOURACY IN ENUMERATION. 21. Greater accura.oy in enumemt.ion 249 22. The defioiency of females by numbers '249 9. PROPOR'l'ION OF SEXES BY CASTES. 23. Female proportions by Castes 249 24. Infant sex proportions in ~electA[1 r.lLstes 250 25. The figures viewed in another liglJt ... 251 213. Female ohildren ratios compared with total female ratios by castes 252 27. Female numbers varying inversely as the status and strength of caste. 252 28. Tho vory low female percentage!l among Kulin Lewa Kunbis 253 29. Summary 253, 10. SEASONS OF MARRIAGES; AND SEXES AT BIRTH. 30. Seasolls of marriage 254 31. Sex at birth ... 255 11. FINAL REMARKS. 82. Final remarks 256 C H APT·~ R IV. PART III.-U I VI L U 0 N D I T ION. 1. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 1. General observations 271 2. The general figuros ~imilar to those of the Hindus .•. 271 3. The Hindu Marriage systom in this State, its social and economic aspects ... 272 4. These customs not based on religiou:! ordinances 273 5. Very slow reform 274 2. GENERAl. FIGURES AND RATIOS. 6. Total figures Ilnd percentages of the conjugal conditions 275 7. Distribution by age and civil condition 276 8. Civil condition by age-periods-ImperiaI Table VII 276 9. Deduotions from actual numbers 277 10. Civil condition by main age-periods 278 11. Fema-Ias per thousand males ... 279 .. xvi f'YKOPS" OF B}<;I'OFlT. S. OOMPARISON WITH THE PREVIOUS CENSUSES. 12. I1'igl1J"fl~ of tlte pl"avious .Cemuses eump:ue.l-Hind lls-l\fus'!l 1lHJ.IlS 279 4. COlIPARISON WITH OTHER COUNTRIES. 13. Comparison with the City and District" of Bombay 281 14. Percentage of males and fellI'lles in each Civil State-Umnarried, 1Vlarried, Widowed ... 282 15. Percentages of sexes in ehch Civil Condition compared with those of other Provinces and Countries ... 283 5., DISTRIBUTION BY CIVIL CONDITION OF 10,000 OF EACH MAIN AGE-PERIOD FOR EACH SEX AND OOMPAmsON WITH EARLIER CENSUSES. 16. Distl'ilmtion Ily civil condition at each main age-period 28.1, 17. Figures compare,l with those of the previous Censuses 285 G. OIVIL CONDI'l'ION BY RELIGIONS. 18. Civil. condition by religions-Hindus-Jains-Musalmans-Parsis- Animistics 285 19. Percentage, by sexes, of tho civil conditions in all religions 286 20. Civil Condition by sex and religion in each Division and the State-Dia- gram-All religions-Hindus-Jains-Musalmans-Parsis-Animistics. 288 21. Relative proportions of sexes by religions 291 22. Civil Condition by religion alld age-periods 2!J2 23. Ratios of civil condition by sexes ill the Divisions by religions and sge- periods-Hindus-Jains-Animistics ::193 24. Infimts married and widowed, in dift'(lrent religions 297 25. 1\:Ial'riad babies for eaoh year up to 5 in each religion 297 '26. Prop0l'tions of wives in urban and ruml areas by religion 298 7. CIVIL CONDITION OF 10,000 of EACH SEX BY DrSTHICTS AND AGE-PERIODS. 27. Civil condition by districts and Age-period~ ... 298 8. CHILD-BEARING CAPACITIES. 28. Child-bearing capacity in different religions ••• 301 9. MEAN-AGE IN EACH CIVIL CONIHTION. 29. Mean-age of the sexes in oach Civil Condition ... 302 10. CONCLUStOJ:iT. 30. Conclusion ••• 302 CHAPTER V. EDUCATION. 1. PRELIMINARY nE~IARKS. 1. Objeot and enumeration 3]7 2. Scope of inquiry 317 3. Sohedule instructions ... 311 2. EDUCATION IN BAUODA STATE. 4. Eduoation in the State 317 5. 801100ls of different sorts . ... 318 6. Gramya or village schools 318 7. Special Institutions 318 ,so Female education 319 SYNOPSIS OF BE PORT. xvii Para. Page. 9. Special schools for forest tribes 320 10. Antyaja schools 320 11. Complusory eduoation 320 3. NUMBERS AND PERCENTAGES. 12. Numbers of the litorntfl and i1Iiterntfl 321 13. Numbers by ~'iges 821 14. Percentages of literates and illiterates 321 15. The languages of the literates 322 4. EDUCATION BY AOlll-PERlODS. 16. Literacy by sex and age-periods per 1,000 litorates 322 17. Literacy by age-periods per 1,000 of each sex 322 5. EDUCATION BY RELIGIONS. 18. Education by religions 323 19. Uatios of litemcy by religions-Hindus-Musalmans-.lains-Parsis- Uhri~tiall~-Anilllistio~ 32~ 20. Ratios of literaoy by religion oonsidered comparatively 327 21. Litemoy. by age-periods-Hindus-Jains-ChristiaDs-Mu~almans- Parsis 328 22. Litemcy by langua~~as-Hindus-nfusalmans-,Tains-Parsis-Christians Animistics... 329 23. English education 330 21. Proportion of soxes among "the literate, iIliterat8 and literate in English ... 030 6. EDUCATION BY CASTES. 25. Education in seleded c~.stes-Br:J.hmans-Kshatriyas-Vanias-Jainil Parsis-M usalmans-A nimistics-Summllry 331 26. Progress in education in selected castes 333 7. EDUOATION B~ AGE-PEnIODS AND SEX. IN THE DIVISIONS. 27. Ratio of literates in the Divisions 335 28. Maps '" 336 29. Literacy in the Divisions by age-periods 336 8. ENGLISH-KNOWING IN THE DIVISIONS BY AGE-PERIODS. 30. English-knowing in the Divisions 337 3]. Proportions of English-knowing per 1,000 of eaoh sex and per 1,000 literates 337 9. COMPARISON WITH THE PREVIOUS CENSUSES. 32. Remarks 338 33. Approximately acourate comparison attempted-Divisions ... 339 34. Diagr.tm No. 20 340 10. C0MPARISON WITH OTHEE PROVINCES AND COUNTRIES. 35. Comparison with British Gujarat i.l40 36. Percentages compared with British Gujarat by sexes 340 37. Female education compared with Bombay Divisions 241 38. Baroda Divisions compared with British Gujarat Distdots 34.1 89. Baroda compared with other Provinces 341 11. EXPENDITURE ON EDUCATION OOMPARED. 40. Comparison of Expenditure on Education in different Provinces and Countries 342 .. xviii SYNOPSIS OF REPORT. CHAPTER VI. LANGUAGE. Para. 1. PRELIMINARY REMARKS. 'Page. 1. The heading of languages as a Census chapter 359 2. Languages grouped according to the Index ••• 359 3. The families and branches and groups of languages spoken in this State 359 2. LANGUAGES IN THE BARODA TERRITORY AND THE NUMJlERS USING ~'IlEM. 4. N urn bors spaaking the Ia.nguagos mentioned above according to families 359 5. According to sub-families and branches 360 6. Groups of the Indian branch ... 360 7. Groups of the Iraniall branch 360 8. Indo-European family, second sub-family 360 9. Dra vidian family 360 10. Mongolian family 360 11. Semitic family 360 12. Details of the European sub-family of languages 260 13. Details of the Inuian sub-family-The Central, N orth-Western and Eastern groups 361 14. Western and South-Western groups of the Indian branch .•. 361 15. The Gujarati and its dialects 362 16. The Gujarati language 362 17. Gujarnti books 363 18. The Gipsy dialects-Bavchi-Banjari !l64 19. The Bhil dialects 364 3. PERCENTAGES. 20. Numbers speaking differont languages and dialeots compared 378 4. LANGUAGES BY DIVISIONS. 21. Persons speaking difl~rent languages by Divisions ..• 378 22. Raccs and cllstes deduced from lungllllges returned ... 378 23. The greatest number of languages and dialects spoken .378 24. Important Foreign languages 379 25. Distribution by residence of 10,000 speaking Bach language 379 5. NUMBERS SPEAKING THE LANGUAGES COllIPARED WITH THE NUMBERS OF CASTES AND RACES SUPPOSED TO SPEAK THEM. 26. Subsidiary Table III-A 380 27. Langnages as compared with birth-place 381 6. CONCLUDING REMARKS. :28. Concluding remarks,-Gujarati predominant,-Gujarati and Marathi compared.-Thfl Forest tribes compelled to drop their dialectH,-English words freely incorporated.-Vernacular idioms forced into English 382 CHAPTER VII. INF IRl\lI'l'IES. 1. PRELIMINARY REMARKS. 1. Object of the chapter ... 3P5 2. The Infirm 395 3. Causes 396 SYNOPSIS OF REPORT_ xix Para. Page. 2. NUMBERS AND PlllllCEN'l'AGES FOR TUE INFIRMITIES; COMPARISON WITH THE RESULTS OF THElipREVIOUS CENSUSES. 4. Actual numbers 396 5. Ratios for 1901 compared with those for] 891 und 1881-Female ratios exce6d male ratios for LliJl(_lnes>l 397 6. Infirmities further compared .. , 398 3. COMPARISON WITH OTHER PROVINCES. 7. British Gujarat compared. 398 8. Other provinces compared 398 4. INFIRMITIES BY DIVISIONS. Act,ual nUlllbers by Divisiolls-Insanes-Deaf-mutes--Blind-Lepers Summary ••• 399 10. Comparison with the previous enumerations .. 400 ll. Ratio of afflicted per 10,000 of each sex; in the Divisions 400 5. INFIRMITIES BY RELIGIONS. 12. Actual numbers by religions ••. 401 G. INFIRMITIES BY AGE-PERIODS. 13. Infirmities by age-periods ••• 401 7. INSANITY; ITS CAUSES AND PREVALENOE. 14. Infirmities separately considered 402 115. Causes of insanity 4.02 16. Ratios of insanity by I"llligioll 403 17. I nsftni ty by Castes 404 ~8. Insanity by age ancl sex 405 19. Insanity by age-periods continued 406 20. Proportion of femalo insane;; to 1,000 males 406 21. Insanity in Baroda Divisions compared with British Gujarat zillas 406 8. DEAF-lVIUTISM; ITS CAUSES AND PREVALENCE. 22. Causes 406 23. RatiQ!:! of cleaf-mutes by religion 407 24. Deil.f-mutes hy Castes 407 25. Deaf-mutism by age-periods ,., 407 26. Relative ratios per 10,000 of IlIwh sex in thfl age-periods for the deaf- mutes 407 27. Proportion of females to 1,000 males among the ueaf-mut\ls 408 28. Deaf-mutes in Baroda Divisions oompared with British Gujarat zillas 408 9. BLINDNE~S; ITS CAUSES AND PREVALENCE. ~9. Causes 408 30. Blindness by religions 409 ·31. Blinllness by Castos ... 410 32. Blindness by age-periods 410 33. Proportions of blind females per 1,000 males 410 34. Baroda Divisions compared with British Gujarat for the blind 411 10. LEPROSY; ITS CAUSES AND PREVALENCE. ·35. Crtusos 411 36. Leprosy by religions 411 .37. Leprosy by Castes 412 38. Leprosy by age-periods 4111 .. xx SYNOPSIS OF REPORT. Para. Page. 39. Proportions per 10,000 at each age-period ... 412 40. Baroda Divisions compared with British Gujarut DistriGts for leprosy 413 41. Anusuya Leper Hospital 413 42. Geneml remarks on infirmities by selected Castes 413 11. INFIRMrl'IE:s BY OOCUPATIONS. 43. Infirmity by ccclll>ation 414 44. Insuuity-Deaf-mutism-BlindneR-Loprosy 414 45. Geneml remarks on infirmities by occupations 415 C HAP rr R R V I IT. CA!::l'l'E, TRIBE AND R.ACE. 1. COMPILATIO~ O~' CASTE STATISTICS. 1. Caate statistics necessary 433- 2. Instructions to EnumeratOl's 434 2. How CASTES WERE FORMED; THEIR S1'ATUS. 3. How sub-castes are marked out 434 4. Caste excluslvenClss and status 434 5. Caste occupations changed; but old status maintained 435 3. CASTES ORIGINATING FROM CLASSES; CASTE RESTRIOTIONS of INTERMARRIAGE AND INTERDINING SLOWLY FORMED. 6. Oastes known in ancient tiI):les as classes 435 7. The process by whicll separate classes were formed at first; their turning to Cllstes-Bralmw,ns-Kshatryas-Vaishyas 436 8. Casto restrictions gradually imposed: classes l'lpsing into castes 437 9. Offsprings of union between members of difforent classes; their status 437 10. Intermarriage; when and why prohibited ... 438 11. Interdining-whon and why prohibited 439 12. Tho two prohibitions form Castes and sub-oastes 439 13. Origin of Castes as cited by the Brahmolls ••. 4;19 4. TRADITIONAL ORIGINS OF THE. BRAHMAN SUB-CASTES, AS COLLECTED FROll[ PEUSO:-A.L ENQUIRIES. 14. Origin of the sub-castes 440 15. Divisions of the Indian Brahmans 440 L-GAUDA BRAHMANS. 16. Gauda Brahmans and their sub-divisions 440 17. Adi-Gauda and Pallival Gauda Brahmans-Malvi G:JUda Brahmans Khllroia, Klmfsodia :1I1d Derola G:mds-Gujarati Shri-Gauds-Valmik Gauds-Sanadhya Gauds... 440- 18. Gauda Sarasvat Brahmans and ~ub-castes-Shonvi Brahmans 442 19. Kanojia, Sarvaria. Brahmans ••• 442 ·U.-DRAVIDA BRAHMANS. A.-Dravidas and Kar'natakas and Tailangas. 20. The Dm,,,ida, the Karnataki and the Tailangi Brahmans . .. 112 B. Ma1ta,ra,slitra Brahmans. 21. Maharashtm Brllhrnans-Kokanastba or Chit~pavmm Brahmans "143 22. Deshastha Brahmans 443- 23. Karada. Golak aDd Devrukha BraluIlIll1S 443· SYNOPSIS OF REPORT. xxi Para. Page C.. TI!e Guja1'ati Brahmans. 24. Origins of the Gujarati Brahman Casttls .•. 443 (a) Immigmnt Gujja'l' Bt·ahmans. 25. Khedaval R"ahmans-Baj and Bhitra 444 26. The Audiohya Brahmans and their sub·castes-Audichya Sahasra, Sihori and Sidhpnri-Gohelvadi and Zalavadi, sub-divisions of Sihori-Tolakia 446 27. Ro(lwAI, N'apaI, Borsarla and Harsola Brahmans '.' 446 28. < Acharis, Koli-gors rmd Raj-gors-Kamtias-Kriyagors-Vyas Bmhmans. 4413 29. 'l'ragahis 446 30. ')'he Shrimali Brnhmans aurl their sub-castes-Dasa-koshi Shrinlalis- Bhojaks-Marwadi Shl'imalis 447 31. Mewada Brahmans and their sub-castes-Travadi Mewadas-Ohorasi, Mawadas ... 448 32. Valkhilya Bmhmans and their sub·casLes-Antarvedi Brahmans-Jambu Brahml1ns-:-Zarolas-Gugali Brahmans... 448 33. The Sa,rasvat Brahmans and their sub-cas~os-Sindhva Sarasvats Dadhich Sarasvats-Parashal' Brahmans-Dasondi, Barot and Ajaji Sarasvah 449 24. Tho Anavalu BrabmrlUs ... 449 25. lUotala Br,.hrnans-OrpaI Brahmans-Sajodra Brahmans-Saohom Brah- mans ... 449 (b) Loaal Gujja'!' B'!'oJ,mans. (1) Kathiawadi. .36. Sub-castes of Kathiawadi Brahmans-Somapura-Girnl1m-Aboti_ Kandolia-Sorathb-U novaI-Burdai-GomlltivaI -Tapodh::m and Savak Br:\hmans ." 449 (2). Northern Gujw'ati RraJ!'Incms. 37. Nagar Brahmans and their sub-castes-Bahya nagar-Visnagm-Satho_ dara-Krishnora and Sahchora Nagurs-Vadnagarn.-Ohitroda-Bamd. 45L .3S. l\lodh Brahmans and their sub-mlstes-Tmividuya Modh" Tl'ivedis- Chaturvedi Modhs-J cthi Modhs-Igyarshann Modhs-Dhinoja Modhs. 453 30. Vayada Brahmans 454 40. Disawal "Brahm:ms 454 41. Raikval Brahmans 454 42. Khadayata Brahmans 454: ·43. 'Varladra and Valam BrnhmfLI1s-Ravals 454 (3). Southern Gujarati Bra/tmans. .44. Bhargava Brahmans ... 455 41>. Kapil and Nandom Brahmans 455 (4). Lowe'!' castes promoted. 46. Udambar, Talajil1 and Pushlmrna Br~hmans '" 455 5.-THE KSHATRIYAS, THEIR DIVISIONS AND' ORIGINS• .47. The Kshatriyas and their cla,ses ... 456 (a) The lVm'l'io?' Kslialriyas. 48. Sub-divisions of waiTior Kslw,b'iyas 45'3 49. 'rho Rajputs-Thakorc or Gir<~sias 4.56 50. The Vadhels ... 4·)9 .51. Tho Kathis-Aul':ttia Kathis-Sakhayat Kathi~-Dhandll<11 Knthis- l'I'brriage amOl'g Kathis outside their own circ;lo-Sun-wol'ship_ What unimn1lll'ohibiteu for food 459 XXll SYNOPSIS OF REPORT. Pam. Pag;:) f12. Vaghers 460 53. Mehers 461 54. The lYIul'athas and their sUb-divisivns 461 (b) The W?,iter alass of Kshatriyas. 55. B:mhma Kshatriyns .•• 462 56. Kshatris and their ISub-castes-V anjhas-Bhavs:hs-Rangrejs-Galiaras- Bl1ntlhli:rlis... 463 57. Kcfyl1stlms ..... 463 58. Cha.ndraseni Kayastha l'rabhus-Pamne Pmbhus 463 (c) Trading class Kshatriyas. 59. Lohul1Iis 464 60. Bhatilis 464 Ii. THE V AISHYAS, THEIR ORIG[NS AND DIVISIONS. 61. Sub-divisions of V:tishyas 4f.4 (a) Vanias-Trade),s. 62. Vanias and their sub-divisions 466 63. Agarya! Vanias 466 64. Gujjar Vanias 466 li5. Kapol and Sorathia Vanias-Lad 'Vanias-Raj Vanias 466 uu. :::lhrimali V (wins 466 67. Porvad VUllias-Soni Vanias and Patvas-Vayada and Mewlid:i Vanias ... 466 68. Modha Yanias-Khadayat3 and Disawal Vanias 467 69. Jharola· Vanias-Nagar Vnnias-Nandora Vanias-Umad, Nima and Paneha Vanias •.. 467 (b) Ag'ricultudsts. (1) Kunbis. 70. Lewa and Kadva Kunbis-Uda Kl111bis 467 71. MaWi. KUl1bis ••• 468 72. Salvis and Vanlmrs 469 (2) Agn'culturists wlw claim Rajput descent. 73. Anjana Kunbis 469 74. Sagurias ond Sathv6ras 469 (0) Cattle-b'1'eeders. 75. Ahirs and Rnbaris 469 76. Obarans 469 77. Bbarwads and Gfidarias 470 Cd) A1'lisan classes. 78. Lohar ••• • •• 470 79. Sutars and their sub-divisions ••• 470 80. Kamfira and their sub-divisions ..• ).470 81. Mochis and their sub-divisions 470 7. RELIGIOUS ORDERS. e2. Religious mendicants '" 470 8. SUDRAS. (1). Clean. 83. Sudras find their Sub-divisions 470 (a). Tl!Ose renderiny Te1'Sonal service, 84. The various castes '" 472 85. Golas and Klmvas-nhois-Darzis-Hajams-Dhobis and Pakhalis- Bavchas and Khiisdars ••• • •• ·472 SYNOPSIS 01' REPOR'l', XXlll ------Pam. Page (b). Those who do petty business. 86. The "Various custes 4 7 ~ 87. BMdbhunjas and BhaIldaris-Kulllbhars-Pinjaras-Maohhis-Salafs- Tambolis-Vaghris 472 88. Ravalias 473 lc). Those engaged in labow' and agriculture. 89. The vurious oastes 473 90.. Vanjharas-Kharvus-Ods .. . 473 91. Kolis and their sub-divisions .. . 473 92. The Pomllis 474 (d). Those who are perjorme7's and acto'rs. 93. Sub-uivisions of the performers • •. 474 ~4. Dhadhis-Nuis and Vudis-,Tagri Patar-The Rajii.nilis 474 ~5. .Ehands 475 96. Hijadas 475 (2). The unclean castes. 97. Sub-divisions of the unolean oastes ". .,. 475 9. SUMMARY. 98. The Brahman castes; their numbers 476 99. Kheduwal Brahmans really Dravida ... 476, 100. Tho number of Brahman Cnsws can be reduced 476, 101. Made Brahmans 477 102. Kathiawari Brahmans 477 103. Inferior sub-castes in the Kshatriyas .. , 478" 104. Yaishyas and their four classes-Kunbis,-Ahirs,-Bharwad, &c., Artisans. 478, 105. Sudms .,. 479· 10. Grouping aC{JQrding to the classification suggested by the Census Commissi"Jne?'. 106. E'ive classes of precedence ' •. 479 107. A list of castes according to the five Divisions ... 480 11. SOOIAL PRECEDENCE ACCORDING TO THE HEPORTS OF THE COMMITTEES. 108. Committees reports 484 109. The Hindu Castes arranged .,. 484 110. Tests of precedence for the Brahmans-Subsidiary tests 487 111. The Nagar Brahmans... 488· 112. Tests of precedence for the Vanias-Subsidiary tests 489 113. Precedence for other castes not easy to settle 489 12. MARRIAGES AMONG THE HINDUS. 114. Exogamous marriages-A list of Gotms 490 115. Polygamy 491 116. Widow remarriage 491 117. Divorce 492 13. CASTES AMONG THE JAINS. 118. Jains ... 492 14. THE P ARSIS. 119. MobAds and Behdins ... 493 15. MUSALMAN TRIBES. 120. Musalm[).n system of castes 493 121. The Foreign Musalmaus-The Saiyads-Afghans and Patha,ns-Shaikhs .•. 495 122. Five groups of indigenous Musalllmns 496. xxiv SYNOPSIS OF REPORT. ---_------Para. Page 123. KhoJas .•. . •. 496. 1~4. niemans . •. 497 ) 25. B01'nhs-Memans and Makwalllls .fI. ... 497 126. N:v·rjn.ges 497 127. Polygamy and divorco .., 498 16, ANIMISTICS. 128. Who a Ta the Animistic!l ? . •• 4!Jti ~ 129. Their curious l'eligious beliefs 499 130. Their character ~OO 131. '.rheir p~y8ique 500 132. Their I1mnsemlluts 500 13S. Their ceremonies and oustoms 500 134.. The money-lender 501 135. Villages and houses !jOl l3G. Occupation. 502 137. Casto distinctions 502 138, The Cbodhras .•• 502 139. The Dhodias •.. 503 140. The Dublas 504 141. The Nuyakns .. , 504 142. The Kukanas 505 143. The Gamits 505 144. Tho Vasa vas ... 506 145. The V liluris 507 140. The K(lthodius 507 147. l'he Bbil~ und their sub-divisions 148. The Kotv::dias 508 149. Throo castes unclassified-Dhankas-KoIghas 509 17. CASTE 8TA TISTICS. 150. Numbers nnd p~rcentag('s 509 151. Maiu sub-divisions of Hiudu Castes according to numorical strength 510 J 8. DIA.GRAM. 1.52. Diagram ... 510 19. CAi Purn. Page. 21. COMPARISON WITH PREVIOUS CENSUSES. 163. Variations in the GujJ.rati Brabmans-Amivalas-Audiahyas-Jambus- KlIeuawaIs-]}1odhas-Nagars· 514, 164. Vari:1tions in the degraded Brahman castes ... 515 165. lIfnhal'l18htra Brahmans 515 166. Hindmtani Brahmans 515 157. The Kshatdyns 515 '168. The Tr:lding Classes-V{mias 515 169. AgricmlturaI cla85eS ... 516 170. Misoelbnecus classes .. , 516 171. B.eligious memlic[l.ni:s and all other clusses 516 172. .hins... 516 173. Parsi" .,. 5] S 174. lV1usalmans ..US 175. Chris tians 51 7 176. Animistics ••• 517 22. OIVIL CONDITIO!'! BY AGE FOR SELECTED CASTES. 177. Brahmans, Percentages of-U nmarried-l\farried-W"idowed 511 178. Kshab'iyas 518 179. Vallias 518 180. Kunbis 518 181. Artisuns and otherB 519 182. Religious mendicants ••• 519 183. Wnudering. criminnl and unclean oastes 519 .184. Jains .. , 185. Musalmans 519 186. Animistics 51!! 181. General Remarks 519 23. PROPORTIONS OF SE:x:ES IN SELECTED CASTES. 1813. Number of femnles per 10,000 malos-Brahmans 520 189. Kshairiyas 520 190. Van;as 520 19:i'. Kanbi8 521 192. Artisans and others 521 198. :Mendicants and others 521 194. J:J.ins •• ' 521 195. Musalman3 521 24. OCOUPATION BY SELECT.I'lD CASTES. 196. Occupations of selected castes 521 197. Military and dominant classes 521 198. C ulti vators 52Z 199. Rabnris 522 '200. Brahmans 522 201. Devotees 522 202. Tapodhana 522 203. Barot~ and Oharans 522 204. Prabhus 522 205. Vanhis •.. 522 .206. Rayalias 522 :207; Sonis ••• 623 xxvi SYNOPSIS OF REPORT. Para. Page. 208. Hajams 523 209. Lohars 523 210. Sutars •.• 523 .211. Bhavsars 523 212. Ghanchia 523 213. Machhis 523 214. Gobs ... 523 215. Dheds ... .., 523 216. Bhangis 523 217. General Remarks 523 25. INFIRMITIES BY SELEOTED OASTES, TRIBES OR BAOES. 218. Infirmities by seleoted castes 524 219. Brahmans 524 220. Kshatriyas 524 221. Vanilis 524 222. Kunbis 524 223. Artisans and others 524 224. Religious mendicants .•• 525 225. Wandering classes, criminals, and unclean castes 525 226. Jains .. . 525 227. Parsis .. . 525, 228. Musalrnans 525 229. Christians 525 230. Animistics 525 26. COMPLETE LIST OF CASTES. 231. Oaste list 525, 27. TATTOOING IN SOME CASTES. 232. Tattooing-How performed.-Marks how made-Designs .•. 526 Plate A 529 Plate B 530' ..Appendix: I.-List of Surnames, 'Gotras and other details of the Marathli families 536 ..Appendix II.-A-An Alphabetioal List of the Gotras obtaining among the . various castes ot' the Gujarati Brahmans in the Baroda State [IS given by them 537 Appendix IL-B-List of some of the Brahma.n Oastes with their Gotras 538, Appendix II.-C-List of Exogamous groups among other Non-Brahman Oastes 539 Appendix III-Alphabetical List of Castes in the Baroda State, 1901 540 CHAPTER IX· OOCUPATION. 1. DIFFICULTIES AS REGAnDS OOCUPATION ENTRIES ; I~STRUCTIONS TO ENUlI1ERATORSr 1. Room for incorrect entries 2. The three columns in the Schedules ... 593 3. Instructions to Enumerators ... 595 SYNOPSIS OF HEPORT. xxvii Para. Page•. 2. OLASSES, ORDERS AND SUB-ORDERS. 4. Classification of Occnpatiocs ... 596. 5. Occupations not found in tbis State ••• 598 6. Indigenons Ocoupations 601 3. OCCUl'ATlON STATISTICS BY NUMBERS. 7. Figures as given in Imperial Table XV ." 601 8. Numbers of 'Yorkers and Dependents 602' 9. Workers and Dependents in the Cl(tsses -Admini~t'rution 602' 10. Agriculture 603 11. Per.ional servioe 603 12. Preparation alld Supply of Material Substances 604 13. COlllmoroc and Storage 604 14. The Professions 604 15. Unskilled Labour, not Agricultural •.• 605· 16. Independent of Occupation .,. 605 4. GENERAL DISTHIDUTION BY OccurATION. 17. PercentagEls of persons Supported and Workers and Dependents in th.e' Classes and their Divisions 605· 18. Ratios of Actual 'IV orkers to Depemlents 606 19. Percentages of Actual 'V o rko rs in tho City and Rural areas 606 2(1. Percentages of Dependents to Actual 'Yorkers in the City and Rural areas. 607 5. PERCENTAGES OF 'VORKERS IN THE ORDERS AND SUB-ORDERS. 21. Order I -Administration 607 22. ., II.-Defence ... 608 23. 609 " IlL-Service of Native and Foreign States 24. ,. IV.-Provision and Care of Animals .•• 609 25. V.-AgricultUl'o-Landlords and Tenants-Agricultural " Labourera-Growers of Speoial Products-Agricultural Training and Supervision and Forests-Animal Breeders and Dealers-Rent Receivers and Payers 60!) 26. Vr.-Personal, Household and Sanital'y services-Barbers, Cooks " and others-Non-domestio Entertainment-Sanitation •.. 612 27. VII.-.Food, Drink and Stimulants 613 28. " 614- " YIII.-Light, Firing and Forage ... .29 •. ., IX.-Buildiugs ... 615 30. X.-Vehicles and Vessels 615· 31. " XL-Supplementary Rquirements 615· 32. " XIl.-Toxtile, Fabrios and Dress ... 617 33. " XUI.-Metals and proiJious Stones ... 619' 34. ,." XIV.-Glass. Earthen and Stoneware 620, 35. XV.-Woou, Cane and Leaves, &c. 621 36. " XVI.-Drugs, Gums, Dyes, &0. 621 37. " XVII.-Leather, &0 •••• 622- 38. " XVIII.-Commerce 622 39. " XIX.-Trausport and Storage 823 " 40. ., XX.-Learneu and Artistic Professions 624 41. XX I.-Sports 627> 42. " XXI L-Earthwork and General Labour 62T. 43. " XXrn.-Indefinite ancI Disreputable Ocoupations 628· 44. " XXIV.-Indepondent .•. 628 45. Summary" 629 46. The Diagram ••. 630 XXVlll SYNOPl:lIS OF I{EI'ORT. Para. Page. 6. DISTRIBUTION OF AGRICULTURAL POPULATION BY DrSTIlIOTS. 47. Population supported by Agri(mltu~·e ••• 630 48. Map No. 15 631 7. DISTRIBUTION OF THE INDUSTI\IAL POPULATION BY DISTRICTS. 49. Population supported by Industry 631 !)o. Map No. 16 632 8. DISTRIBUTION OF THE OO~nIERO[AL POPULATION .BY DISTUIOTS. 51. Population supported by Oommerce .. , 632 9. DISTRIBUTION OF THE PROFESS[QNAL POPOLATION BY DISTRICTS. 52. Population supported by Professions ... 633 10. DrSTIl.lB{;TION OF OTHEIl OLASSES. .53. Population supported by Goverllluent Service 633 54. Population supported by Pasturo 633 55. Population supported by Transport and Storago 634. 56. Population supported by Sport 634 57. Populatiou supported by Unskilled Labonr, &0. 634 58. Population supported by means of Subsistence Independent of Occupation ••• 684 11. COMPARISON WI'l'H THE PREVIOUS CENSUS. 59. Peroentages of variation since 1891 635 60. Orders showing an Increase 635 6!. Orders showing II Deoreaae 636 12. OCCUPATION 011 FElIIALES BY ORDERS. <62. Percentage of Female Actual 'Vorl.ers to Males ••. 637 INDEX TO SUBSIDIARY TABLES. OHAPTER I. Table. Page. I. Density of the Population 45 II. Distribution of Population between Towns and Villages 46 Ill. House-Room ••• 47 A. Comparative Statement showing Area, Towns and Villages 48 B. Comparative Statement showing Areality, Proximity and Village Density. 49 C. Cultivated and A.robl~ Waste Land ... 50 D. Mahalwar Aroa, Density and Variation of Houses and Population •• , 52 E. Density of the Baroda State compared with that of the British Provinces and with the Native States of lndia 56 F. Density of the Baroda. State compared with some of the European and other Countries ... ••• 57 G. Density of the Gujarati Districts and that of the Distriots of tho Baroda State as compared with that of the preceding Census...... 58 R. Donsities of the Districts of the Baroda State oompared with thoso of tho neighbouring Native States 59 J. Interna.l densities of the Divisions and the State 60 K. Vanation in Relation to Houses 61 L. Proportion of Sexes ... 62 M. AV6~ge Town and Village Population of the Rasti and Rani Talukas of Nl),vsari .,. 63 N. Statement showing the 1\iaximull) and Minimnm Temperature of the Different Divisions of the Baroda State ... 63 O. Statement showing the density of each Town, excluding the City 64 J:>. Density pe.r acre of each of the Wards of the City... 65 CHAPTER II. I. V nriation in Selation to density since 1872... 98 II. Immigration per 10,000 of Population 99 III. Emigration per 10,000 of Population IO() IV. Variation in 1\iigration since 1891 .,. 100 V. M.igration to British Territory and Feudatory States 101 VI. Comparison of Actual and Estimated Population 102 A. Showing the number of Births, and of Deaths duo to Epidemics and other causes as suppJied by the Del'lartments ... 103 B. Internal Migration 103 C. Statement Iilhowing the Number of Emigrants to various Provinces with variations from those at the last Census ... 104 D. Statement showing the loss by Epidemio3, Famine and Migration ... 105 E. Divisional Statement of Immigrants from different places .. . 106 F. Proportion per 10,000 Immigrants from different places ... ". 107 G. Debils pf the Transfer of ViHages and effect on Population since the last Census by Tolukas t.. _ .. , ... 108 xxx: INDRX TO SUBSIDIARY TABLES. ., Table. Page. II. Mabalwar Variation in Population since 1891 no J. Statement showing the PerClentages of the Increase and Decrease in the Agri cultural and Non-Agrioultural Classos from 1881 to 1901 112 K. Average Rainfall in the Baroda Territory from 1891 to 1901 113 L. Showing the prices ill lbs. per British Rupee of principal food-grains that prevailed during the past 10 years, as compared with the Average Prices of 1899-1900 114 eHAPTER III. I. General Distribution of Population by Religion 179 II. . Distribution of Religions by Natural Divisions and Districts 180 III. Distribution of Christians by Districts 182 IV. Distribution of Ohristians by Race and Denomination 182 A. Table showing the Percentagcs by Soxes of each Religion in each Division 183 B. Peroentages of Variation by Sexes in the Baroda State as compared with those in British Gujarat ... .".. 18,! C. Number of Individuals professing other Re"ligions to JOO Hindus... 185 D. Distribution of 10,000 of each Religion into Urban and Rural 185 E. Seots of Hindus, Jains, Parsis and .1\:Iusalmans and Sub-Divisions of Vaishnavism and Sunnis ... 186 CHAPTER IV. PART I. 1.-Unadjusted Age Return of 100,000 of each SoX; ••• 219 II.-Variation of Age-distribution of 10,000 uf eaoh Sex: in three Census enu- memtions ••• 220 In.-Age-distribution of 10,000 of each Sex by Religion 221 IV.-Age-distributioll of 10,000 of each Sex by Divisions 222 V.-Productive and Dependent~Age-distribution of 10,000 of each Sex by Districts, Oities and Natural Divisions 223 A. Ages of People by singlu Yoars and Religions 224 B. Numbers of Males and Fomales at each of tIll) Ages DID-3D of 1901 QOID pared with those at 1-20 of 1891 227 C. N umbers and Percentages of the Population by Sexes undor each Decennial Group of Age-periods 228 D. PlOportion por 10,000 of PopUlation under each Age-group in Baroda compared with that in the Ohief Divisions of tlIa Bombay Presidency •.. 228 E. Proportion per 10,000 of Population undor each .Age-group in Baroda " compared with other Provinces and India 229 F. PropoI"tion per 10,000 of Populatiou iII each Age-group, compared with that in England and Wales 229 G. Smoothening of Ages 231) E_ Moan l\ge aocording to Unadjusted Age ileturns 232 J. Moan age acconling to Corrected .Age Returns' 232 K. P:t:Jportions per 10,000 in various Divisional Groups according to the effeot of Famine as cumpared with 1891 ... • •• ... 233 L. Proportion peJ: 1,000 for each Sex: by Selected Castes ... 2S4 INDEX TO SUBSIDIARY TABLES. xxxi PART II. Table. Page. I.-General proportion of the Sexcs by Natnml Divisions, Districts and City ... 258 II.-(a) ~umber of Females to 1,000 Males by Religions for the State 258 (b) Nnmber of Females to 1,000 Mules at each Age by Divisions and Religions 259 IlL-Actual excess or deteot of Females by Natural Divisions and Distriots 260 tV.-Number of Females to 1,000 Males under 5 years old by Selected Castes ... 260 V.-Proportion of the Sexes by Caste 261 A. Proportion of Females to 1,000 Males in the Provinces of India (1901) 262 ~ B. Proportions of Females per 1,000 Males in the Baroda Territory, in the neighbouring British Zillas, Kathiawar Group of Native States and in the Divisions of the Bombay Presidency by Age-periods 263 C. Females to 1,000 Males in some of the Provinces of India and European Countries .•. 264 D. Numbor of Females to 1,000 Males at eaoh Age-period by Divisions com- pared ... 265 E. Proportion of Females to 1,000 Males in Towns and Villages 266 F. ~tatement showing the Proportion of Sexes by Selected Castes-Hindus ... 266 G. Proportion of Females to 1,000 J}Iales in the Killin Lewa Villages in the Churotar 267 H. Proportion of Female Ohildren to 1,000 Males below 5 y(J[trs of Age for some of the Mabals in the Divisions 267 PART III. l.-Di~tribution of 10,000 of eaoh Sex by Age and Civil COllditiol1 ." 003 II.-Distribution of Civil Condition and Main Age-periods of 10,000 of each Sex 303 IlL-Ca) Distribution by Civil Condition and Main Age-periods of 10,000 of each Sex at the last threo Censuses .')04 (6) Distribution by Civil Condition and Main Age-periods of 10,000 of Hindus of Clt<1h Sex ut tILt! lust three Censuses .•• 304 (0) Distribution by Ciyil CondHiVl1 and Main Age-periods of 10,000 of ])!Iusulmans of cadl Sex at the lust three Consuses 304 IV.-Distribution by Main Age-periods of 10,000 of each Civil Condition 305 Y.-Distribution by Civil Condition of 10,000 of each niaia-period for each Sex at the lust three Censuses BOG yr.-Proportion of the Sexes by Civil Ccmdition for Religions and Natural Divisions .,. 307 V IL-Distdbution by Civil Condition of 10,000 of each Sex for N atural Divi~ions lind Districts 30~ VIII.-Proportion of. Wiv{H to Husbands for Religions and Natural Divisions ••• 3ml A. Average number in each Condition out of 10,000 of eaoh Sex in the Bumbay Divisions compared with the same for this State 310 B. Comparison with other Countries and Divisions of the percentages of Sexes in each Civil Condition ... , 310 O. Poroenbge by Sexes in the throo Civil Conditions in all Religions l··· 311 D. Married and ·Widowed at 0-10 in different Religions 311 E. Married Infants for each year up to 4 years and from 0-5 31~ F. Chilrl-bGuring capacity in differeut Religious 313 G. Mean age of Table. i:> Pag&. I.-Education by Age and Sex (General Population) ••• 343 n.-Education by Age and Sex .•• 344 IlL-Education by Age, Sex and Natural Divisions and Districts 345 IY.-English Education by Age, Sex and Natural DiviHions and Districts 34& Y.-Education by selected Castes, Tribes or Races 347 VI.--Progress of Ednoation Binee 1881 by Natural Divisions amI Districts in the Age-period 15 and over .•• 350 A. Progress of Education in certain Castes 351. B. Ratios of Education by Age-periods for the Baroda Territory as compared wjth those for British Gujarat 352 O. Literacy compared with the five Zillas of :British Gujarat 353 D. Percfllltages of Literacy in some Indian Provincfls and Statas 354 E. Showing th" Total Revenue, Expenditure and Expenditure on Educntion by Proviucial Governments, for some of the Provinces of India aud other Countries 355 CHAPTER VI. I.-Population by Language 385 n.-Distribution of Principal Languages-(a) Distribution of Language of ] 0,000 of Population ... 387 (b) Distribution by Residenoe of 10,000 speaking each Language 388 IlI.-(a) NumberB speaking the Lauguages contrasted with the Cnstes and Races supposed to speak them 389 (b) Comp:lring the Languages expected acoording to Birth-places with the numbers actually speaking them ••• 390 lV.-Number of Books ~lUblished iu each Language, 1891-1901 .. " 3RI CHAPTER VII. I.-Average Number of Afflicted per 10,000 of eaoh S(lX, by Divisions in 1881, 1891 and 1901 417 H.-Showing Average Number of Afflicted per 10,000 of each Sex, by relig- ions, in 1901 and 1801 (1881 figures not obtainablo) 418 IlL-Average Number of Afflicted per 10,000 of each selected Caste in 1901.•. 419 IV.-Averago Number of Affiicted per 10,(JOO of each Sex, by occupations in 1901 421 V.-Distribution by Age of 10,000 of either Sex, for each infirmity 422 VI.-Distribution of In:6rmities among 10,000 Persons of eaoh Sex for each 'Age- period 423 VIL-Proportion of Famnles Affiicted to 10,000 Males at each Age-period ... 424 A. Numbers and Ratios of the Afflicted for 1901 and 1B91 compared nnd their number in 1881 and 1872 ... 425 D. Iufirmitios by Pi visions, compared with 1891 426 O. The Kumber for one AfRicted, for eac~ Infirmity in both Sexes 427 D. Compnrati v() TAble of Infirmities for )3aroda State and Brit~sh Gujarat ... 427 .. INDEX TO SunSIDUny TAnL~S. XX XlII E. The Average Number of infirm ill 10,000 of each Sex, for some other Coun- tries and Indian Provinces compared with the Baroda state 428 F. Showing the Numbers containing ono infirm, nt the different Ago·periods 429 G. Oomparison botween the Baroda Divisions and the British Gujarat ZiUos as regards Infirmities in 1901 430 OHAPTER VIII. I.-A. Caste, Tribe and Raoe by Social Precedence and Religion 551 I.-B. Distribution of Hindu Castos into five Ordors of Social Preoedenco ... 55(, II. Variation in Caste, Tribe and Race, since 1881 557 IlL-A. (jivil condition by Ago for Solected Castes-Percentage of each Sex: Unmarried 564 B. Do. do. Married 569 C. Do. do. Widowed 574 IV. Proportion of Sexes in Selected Castes 579 VI. Occupation by Selected Castes, Tribes or Raccs 582 VII. Infirmities by Selectod Castes Tribes, or RaGes 585 CHAPTER IX. T.-Goneral Dishibution by Occupation '" .,. 638 H.-Distribution of the Agricultural Population by Natural Division aud Dis- tricts ... 642 lH.-Distribution of the Industrial Population by N atuml Division and Districts. 642 V.-Distribution of tho Commercial Population by Natural Division and Die- tl'iets ... 643 VI.-Distribution of the Professional Population by Natural Division and Districts 640 VlI.~Occupations by Ordors, 1901 and 1891 644 VIII.-Occupations by Sub-orders, 1901 and 1891 ." 645 IX.-OcclIpation of Females by Ordora 648 A. Distribution of Population supported by Government Service by Natural Division und Districts 649 B. Distribution of PopUlation supported by Pasture by Natural Division and Districts 649 C. Distribution of Population supported by Transport and Storage by Natural Division and Districts 650 D. Distribution of Population supported by Sport by Natural Division and Districts 650 E. Distribution of Population supported by Unskilled Labour Ilot Agricultural by Natural Division and Districts •.. 651 F. Distribution of Population supported by Natural Division and Districts supported by Means of subsistence Independent of Occupation 651